revlog-compression: update the config to be a list

format.revlog-compression is now a list of engine, the first supported one is to
be used. Doing this have several benefits:

1) this is fully backward compatible, config using a single entry will be read
as a single item list, not changing any behavior.

2) This open the way to use zstd by default without impacting platform were it
is not available. This will be done in a later changesets.

Using zstd provide a significant performance boost explained in : bb271ec2fbfb.
However zstd is not available in some cases, A notable example is the `--pure`
version of Mercurial which doesn't come with zstd support.

Differential Revision: https://phab.mercurial-scm.org/D8148

mercurial/configitems.py

@@ -1,1564 +1,1564 b''
 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
 #
 #  Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <[e-mail]>
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
 import functools
 import re
 
 from . import (
     encoding,
     error,
 )
 
 
 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
     """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
     for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
         knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
         knownkeys = set(knownitems)
         newkeys = set(items)
         for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
             msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
             msg %= (extname, section, key)
             ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
 
         knownitems.update(items)
 
 
 class configitem(object):
     """represent a known config item
 
     :section: the official config section where to find this item,
        :name: the official name within the section,
     :default: default value for this item,
     :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
     :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
     """
 
     def __init__(
         self,
         section,
         name,
         default=None,
         alias=(),
         generic=False,
         priority=0,
         experimental=False,
     ):
         self.section = section
         self.name = name
         self.default = default
         self.alias = list(alias)
         self.generic = generic
         self.priority = priority
         self.experimental = experimental
         self._re = None
         if generic:
             self._re = re.compile(self.name)
 
 
 class itemregister(dict):
     """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
 
     def __init__(self):
         super(itemregister, self).__init__()
         self._generics = set()
 
     def update(self, other):
         super(itemregister, self).update(other)
         self._generics.update(other._generics)
 
     def __setitem__(self, key, item):
         super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
         if item.generic:
             self._generics.add(item)
 
     def get(self, key):
         baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
         if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
             return baseitem
 
         # search for a matching generic item
         generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
         for item in generics:
             # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
             # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
             # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
             # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
             #
             # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
             # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
             # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
             # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
             # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
             # The "^" seems more error prone.
             if item._re.match(key):
                 return item
 
         return None
 
 
 coreitems = {}
 
 
 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
     item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
     section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
     if item.name in section:
         msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
         raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
     section[item.name] = item
 
 
 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
 dynamicdefault = object()
 
 # Registering actual config items
 
 
 def getitemregister(configtable):
     f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
     # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
     f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
     return f
 
 
 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
 
 
 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'nodates', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'showfunc', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'unified', default=None,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'git', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'ignorews', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'ignorewsamount', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'ignorewseol', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'nobinary', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'noprefix', default=False,
     )
     coreconfigitem(
         section, configprefix + b'word-diff', default=False,
     )
 
 
 coreconfigitem(
     b'alias', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'auth', b'cookiefile', default=None,
 )
 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
 coreconfigitem(
     b'bookmarks', b'pushing', default=list,
 )
 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
 coreconfigitem(
     b'bundle', b'mainreporoot', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'censor', b'policy', default=b'abort', experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'chgserver', b'idletimeout', default=3600,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'chgserver', b'skiphash', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'cmdserver', b'log', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'cmdserver', b'max-log-files', default=7,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'cmdserver', b'max-log-size', default=b'1 MB',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'cmdserver', b'max-repo-cache', default=0, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'cmdserver', b'message-encodings', default=list, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'cmdserver',
     b'track-log',
     default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'color', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'color', b'mode', default=b'auto',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'color', b'pagermode', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'commit.post-status', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'grep.all-files', default=False, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'merge.require-rev', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'push.require-revs', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'resolve.confirm', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'resolve.explicit-re-merge', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'resolve.mark-check', default=b'none',
 )
 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'show.aliasprefix', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'status.relative', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'status.skipstates', default=[], experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'status.terse', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'status.verbose', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'update.check', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'update.requiredest', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'committemplate', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'bzr.saverev', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'cvsps.cache', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'cvsps.fuzz', default=60,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'cvsps.logencoding', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'cvsps.mergefrom', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'cvsps.mergeto', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'git.committeractions', default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'git.extrakeys', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'git.findcopiesharder', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'git.remoteprefix', default=b'remote',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'git.renamelimit', default=400,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'git.saverev', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'git.similarity', default=50,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'git.skipsubmodules', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.clonebranches', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.ignoreerrors', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.preserve-hash', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.revs', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.saverev', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.sourcename', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.startrev', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.tagsbranch', default=b'default',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'hg.usebranchnames', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'ignoreancestorcheck', default=False, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'localtimezone', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'p4.encoding', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'p4.startrev', default=0,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'skiptags', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'svn.debugsvnlog', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'svn.trunk', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'svn.tags', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'svn.branches', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'convert', b'svn.startrev', default=0,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'debug', b'dirstate.delaywrite', default=0,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'defaults', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'all-warnings', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'bundle2.debug', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'bundle.delta', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'cache-vfs', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'check-locks', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'check-relroot', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'default-date', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'deprec-warn', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'disableloaddefaultcerts', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'warn-empty-changegroup', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'legacy.exchange', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'persistent-nodemap', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'servercafile', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'serverexactprotocol', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'serverrequirecert', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'strip-obsmarkers', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'warn-config', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'warn-config-default', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'user.obsmarker', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'warn-config-unknown', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'debug.copies', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'debug.extensions', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'debug.repo-filters', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'debug.peer-request', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'devel', b'discovery.randomize', default=True,
 )
 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
 coreconfigitem(
     b'email', b'bcc', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'email', b'cc', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'email', b'charsets', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'email', b'from', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'email', b'method', default=b'smtp',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'email', b'reply-to', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'email', b'to', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'archivemetatemplate', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'auto-publish', default=b'publish',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundle-phases', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundle2-advertise', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundle2-output-capture', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundle2.pushback', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundle2lazylocking', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.gzip', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.none', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.zstd', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'changegroup3', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'cleanup-as-archived', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'clientcompressionengines', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'copytrace', default=b'on',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit', default=100,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit', default=100,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'copies.read-from', default=b"filelog-only",
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'copies.write-to', default=b'filelog-only',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'crecordtest', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'directaccess', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'directaccess.revnums', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'editortmpinhg', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'evolution', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental',
     b'evolution.allowdivergence',
     default=False,
     alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'evolution.allowunstable', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'evolution.createmarkers', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental',
     b'evolution.effect-flags',
     default=True,
     alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'evolution.exchange', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'log.topo', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'evolution.report-instabilities', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'evolution.track-operation', default=True,
 )
 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
 #
 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'extra-filter-revs', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'maxdeltachainspan', default=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'mergetempdirprefix', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'mmapindexthreshold', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'narrow', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'nonnormalparanoidcheck', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'exportableenviron', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'extendedheader.index', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'extendedheader.similarity', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'graphshorten', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'graphstyle.parent', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'graphstyle.missing', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'graphstyle.grandparent', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'hook-track-tags', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'httppeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'httppostargs', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'mergedriver', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
 
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'remotenames', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'removeemptydirs', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'revisions.prefixhexnode', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'revlogv2', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'rust.index', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'exp-persistent-nodemap', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'exp-persistent-nodemap.mmap', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size', default=50000,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental',
     b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
     default=100000,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'server.stream-narrow-clones', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'single-head-per-branch', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental',
     b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
     default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'sshserver.support-v2', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'sparse-read', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'sparse-read.density-threshold', default=0.50,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'sparse-read.min-gap-size', default=b'65K',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'treemanifest', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'update.atomic-file', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'sshpeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'web.apiserver', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'web.api.http-v2', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'web.api.debugreflect', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'worker.repository-upgrade', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'xdiff', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'extensions', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'extdata', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'bookmarks-in-store', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'chunkcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'dotencode', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'generaldelta', default=False, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'manifestcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'maxchainlen', default=dynamicdefault, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'obsstore-version', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'sparse-revlog', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format',
     b'revlog-compression',
-    default=b'zlib',
+    default=lambda: [b'zlib'],
     alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'usefncache', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'usegeneraldelta', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'usestore', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format',
     b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
     default=False,
     experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'exp-use-side-data', default=False, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'format', b'internal-phase', default=False, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'fsmonitor', b'warn_when_unused', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'fsmonitor', b'warn_update_file_count', default=50000,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'help', br'hidden-command\..*', default=False, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'help', br'hidden-topic\..*', default=False, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hooks', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hgweb-paths', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hostfingerprints', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hostsecurity', b'ciphers', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hostsecurity', b'disabletls10warning', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hostsecurity', b'minimumprotocol', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hostsecurity',
     b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
     default=dynamicdefault,
     generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hostsecurity', b'.*:ciphers$', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hostsecurity', b'.*:fingerprints$', default=list, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'hostsecurity', b'.*:verifycertsfile$', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 
 coreconfigitem(
     b'http_proxy', b'always', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'http_proxy', b'host', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'http_proxy', b'no', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'http_proxy', b'passwd', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'http_proxy', b'user', default=None,
 )
 
 coreconfigitem(
     b'http', b'timeout', default=None,
 )
 
 coreconfigitem(
     b'logtoprocess', b'commandexception', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'logtoprocess', b'commandfinish', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'logtoprocess', b'command', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'logtoprocess', b'develwarn', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'logtoprocess', b'uiblocked', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge', b'checkunknown', default=b'abort',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge', b'checkignored', default=b'abort',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'merge.checkpathconflicts', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge', b'followcopies', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge', b'on-failure', default=b'continue',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge', b'preferancestor', default=lambda: [b'*'], experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge', b'strict-capability-check', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools',
     br'.*\.args$',
     default=b"$local $base $other",
     generic=True,
     priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools', br'.*\.check$', default=list, generic=True, priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools',
     br'.*\.checkchanged$',
     default=False,
     generic=True,
     priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools',
     br'.*\.executable$',
     default=dynamicdefault,
     generic=True,
     priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools',
     br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
     default=b'basic',
     generic=True,
     priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools',
     br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
     default=dynamicdefault,  # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate
     generic=True,
     priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$', default=0, generic=True, priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools',
     br'.*\.premerge$',
     default=dynamicdefault,
     generic=True,
     priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'pager', b'attend-.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'pager', b'ignore', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'pager', b'pager', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'patch', b'eol', default=b'strict',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'patch', b'fuzz', default=2,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'paths', b'default', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'paths', b'default-push', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'paths', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'phases', b'checksubrepos', default=b'follow',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'phases', b'new-commit', default=b'draft',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'phases', b'publish', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'enabled', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'format', default=b'text',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'freq', default=1000,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'limit', default=30,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'nested', default=0,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'output', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'showmax', default=0.999,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'showmin', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'showtime', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'sort', default=b'inlinetime',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'statformat', default=b'hotpath',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'time-track', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'profiling', b'type', default=b'stat',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'assume-tty', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'changedelay', default=1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'clear-complete', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'debug', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'delay', default=3,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'disable', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'estimateinterval', default=60.0,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress',
     b'format',
     default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'refresh', default=0.1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'progress', b'width', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'push', b'pushvars.server', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'rewrite',
     b'backup-bundle',
     default=True,
     alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'rewrite', b'update-timestamp', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'storage', b'new-repo-backend', default=b'revlogv1', experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'storage',
     b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
     default=True,
     alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'bundle1', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'bundle1gd', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'bundle1.pull', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'bundle1gd.pull', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'bundle1.push', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'bundle1gd.push', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server',
     b'bundle2.stream',
     default=True,
     alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'compressionengines', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'concurrent-push-mode', default=b'strict',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'disablefullbundle', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'maxhttpheaderlen', default=1024,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'pullbundle', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'preferuncompressed', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'streamunbundle', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'uncompressed', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'uncompressedallowsecret', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'view', default=b'served',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'validate', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'zliblevel', default=-1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'server', b'zstdlevel', default=3,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'share', b'pool', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'share', b'poolnaming', default=b'identity',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'shelve', b'maxbackups', default=10,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'smtp', b'host', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'smtp', b'local_hostname', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'smtp', b'password', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'smtp', b'port', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'smtp', b'tls', default=b'none',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'smtp', b'username', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'sparse', b'missingwarning', default=True, experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'subrepos',
     b'allowed',
     default=dynamicdefault,  # to make backporting simpler
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'subrepos', b'hg:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'subrepos', b'git:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'subrepos', b'svn:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'templates', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'templateconfig', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'trusted', b'groups', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'trusted', b'users', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'_usedassubrepo', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'allowemptycommit', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'archivemeta', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'askusername', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'clonebundlefallback', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'clonebundleprefers', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'clonebundles', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'color', default=b'auto',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'commitsubrepos', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'debug', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'debugger', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'editor', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'fallbackencoding', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'forcecwd', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'forcemerge', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'formatdebug', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'formatjson', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'formatted', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'interactive', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'interface', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'interface.chunkselector', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'large-file-limit', default=10000000,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'logblockedtimes', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'logtemplate', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'merge', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'mergemarkers', default=b'basic',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui',
     b'mergemarkertemplate',
     default=(
         b'{node|short} '
         b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
         b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
         b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
         b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
         b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
     ),
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'message-output', default=b'stdio',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'nontty', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'origbackuppath', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'paginate', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'patch', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'portablefilenames', default=b'warn',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'promptecho', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'quiet', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'quietbookmarkmove', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'relative-paths', default=b'legacy',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'remotecmd', default=b'hg',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'report_untrusted', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'rollback', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'signal-safe-lock', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'slash', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'ssh', default=b'ssh',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'ssherrorhint', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'statuscopies', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'strict', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'style', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'supportcontact', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'textwidth', default=78,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'timeout', default=b'600',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'timeout.warn', default=0,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'traceback', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'tweakdefaults', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
 coreconfigitem(
     b'ui', b'verbose', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'verify', b'skipflags', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'allowbz2', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'allowgz', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'allow-pull', alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')], default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'allow-push', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')], default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'allowzip', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'archivesubrepos', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'cache', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'comparisoncontext', default=5,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'contact', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'deny_push', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'guessmime', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'hidden', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'labels', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'logoimg', default=b'hglogo.png',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'logourl', default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'accesslog', default=b'-',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'address', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'allow-archive', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')], default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'allow_read', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'baseurl', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'cacerts', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'certificate', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'collapse', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'csp', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'deny_read', default=list,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'descend', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'description', default=b"",
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'encoding', default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'errorlog', default=b'-',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'ipv6', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'maxchanges', default=10,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'maxfiles', default=10,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'maxshortchanges', default=60,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'motd', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'name', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'port', default=8000,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'prefix', default=b'',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'push_ssl', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'refreshinterval', default=20,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'server-header', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'static', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'staticurl', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'stripes', default=1,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'style', default=b'paper',
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'templates', default=None,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'web', b'view', default=b'served', experimental=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'worker', b'backgroundclose', default=dynamicdefault,
 )
 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
 # should give us enough headway.
 coreconfigitem(
     b'worker', b'backgroundclosemaxqueue', default=384,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'worker', b'backgroundcloseminfilecount', default=2048,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'worker', b'backgroundclosethreadcount', default=4,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'worker', b'enabled', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'worker', b'numcpus', default=None,
 )
 
 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
 # without formally loading it.
 coreconfigitem(
     b'commands', b'rebase.requiredest', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'experimental', b'rebaseskipobsolete', default=True,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'rebase', b'singletransaction', default=False,
 )
 coreconfigitem(
     b'rebase', b'experimental.inmemory', default=False,
 )

mercurial/helptext/config.txt

@@ -1,2877 +1,2878 b''
 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
 aspects of its behavior.
 
 Troubleshooting
 ===============
 
 If you're having problems with your configuration,
 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
 a setting into your environment.
 
 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
 for information about how and where to override things.
 
 Structure
 =========
 
 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
 by ``name = value`` entries::
 
   [ui]
   username = Firstname Lastname <[e-mail]>
   verbose = True
 
 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
 
 Files
 =====
 
 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
 appropriate configuration files yourself:
 
 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
 
 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
 
 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
 ones.
 
 .. container:: verbose.unix
 
   On Unix, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
   - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
   - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
 .. container:: verbose.windows
 
   On Windows, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
   - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
   - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
   - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
   - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
   - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
   - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
   - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
   .. note::
 
    The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
    is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
 
 .. container:: verbose.plan9
 
   On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
   - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
   - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
 this file override options in all other configuration files.
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
   belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
   :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
 
 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial.  Options
 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
 options.
 
 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
   will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
   files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
   directory.
 
 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
 be read.  Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
 
 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
 override per-installation options.
 
 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
 there.
 
 Syntax
 ======
 
 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
 ``configuration keys``)::
 
     [spam]
     eggs=ham
     green=
        eggs
 
 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
 
 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
 
     [spam]
     eggs=large
     ham=serrano
     eggs=small
 
 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
 
 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
 example::
 
     [foo]
     eggs=large
     ham=serrano
     eggs=small
 
     [bar]
     eggs=ham
     green=
        eggs
 
     [foo]
     ham=prosciutto
     eggs=medium
     bread=toasted
 
 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
 
 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
 above.
 
 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
 
   %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
 
 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
 
 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
 section, if it has been set previously.
 
 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
 (all case insensitive).
 
 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
 placed in double quotation marks::
 
   allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
 
 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
 
 Sections
 ========
 
 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
 keys, and their possible values.
 
 ``alias``
 ---------
 
 Defines command aliases.
 
 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
 command to be executed.
 
 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
 
     <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
 
 For example, this definition::
 
     latest = log --limit 5
 
 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
 
     stable5 = latest -b stable
 
 .. note::
 
    It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
    existing commands, which will then override the original
    definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
 
 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
 
    echo = !echo $@
 
 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
 terminal. A better example might be::
 
    purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
 
 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
 
 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
 
 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
 
 .. note::
 
    Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
    processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
    aliases.
 
 
 ``annotate``
 ------------
 
 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
 related options for the diff command.
 
 ``ignorews``
     Ignore white space when comparing lines.
 
 ``ignorewseol``
     Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
 
 ``ignorewsamount``
     Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
 
 ``ignoreblanklines``
     Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
 
 
 ``auth``
 --------
 
 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
 your HTTP server.
 
 The following options apply to all hosts.
 
 ``cookiefile``
     Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
     host will be sent automatically.
 
     The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
     on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
     character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
     value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
     format."
 
     Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
     will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
     This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
 
     The cookies file is read-only.
 
 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
 format::
 
     <name>.<argument> = <value>
 
 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
 entries. Example::
 
     foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
     foo.username = foo
     foo.password = bar
     foo.schemes = http https
 
     bar.prefix = secure.example.org
     bar.key = path/to/file.key
     bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
     bar.schemes = https
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``prefix``
     Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
     The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
     (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
     1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
     against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
     argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
 
 ``username``
     Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
     remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
     be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
     username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
     includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
     username or without a username will be considered.
 
 ``password``
     Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
     remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
     will be prompted for it.
 
 ``key``
     Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
     variables are expanded in the filename.
 
 ``cert``
     Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
     variables are expanded in the filename.
 
 ``schemes``
     Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
     authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
     a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
     static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
     (default: https)
 
 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
 
 ``color``
 ---------
 
 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
 
 ``mode``
     String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
     ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
     use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
     terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
 
 ``pagermode``
     String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
 
     On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
     color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
     will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
     emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
     either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
     pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
     codes).
 
     On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
     a different color mode than the pager program.
 
 ``commands``
 ------------
 
 ``commit.post-status``
     Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
     (default: False)
 
 ``merge.require-rev``
     Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
     the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
     command aborts.
     (default: False)
 
 ``push.require-revs``
     Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
     specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
     and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
     configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
     command aborts.
     (default: False)
 
 ``resolve.confirm``
     Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
     (default: False)
 
 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
     Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
     instead of re-merging files by default.
     (default: False)
 
 ``resolve.mark-check``
     Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
     marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
     ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
     have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
     ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
     If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
     shown (an error will not be raised).
     (default: ``none``)
 
 ``status.relative``
     Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
     (default: False)
 
 ``status.terse``
     Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
     (default: empty)
 
 ``update.check``
     Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
     to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
     ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
     directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
     result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
     as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
     trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
     update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
     are present.
     (default: ``linear``)
 
 ``update.requiredest``
     Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
     For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
     will be disallowed.
     (default: False)
 
 ``committemplate``
 ------------------
 
 ``changeset``
     String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
     customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
 
 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
 below can be used for customization:
 
 ``extramsg``
     String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
     commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
 
 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
 one shown by default::
 
     [committemplate]
     changeset = {desc}\n\n
         HG: Enter commit message.  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
         HG: {extramsg}
         HG: --
         HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
        "HG: branch merge\n")
        }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
        "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n")   }{subrepos %
        "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n"              }{file_adds %
        "HG: added {file}\n"                   }{file_mods %
        "HG: changed {file}\n"                 }{file_dels %
        "HG: removed {file}\n"                 }{if(files, "",
        "HG: no files changed\n")}
 
 ``diff()``
     String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
 
 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
 it::
 
      HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
 
 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
 extra message::
 
     [committemplate]
     changeset = {desc}\n\n
         HG: Enter commit message.  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
         HG: {extramsg}
         HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
         HG: Do not touch the line above.
         HG: Everything below will be removed.
         {diff()}
 
 .. note::
 
    For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
    detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
    avoid showing broken characters.
 
    For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
    followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
    the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
    (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
 
 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
 required):
 
 - :hg:`backout`
 - :hg:`commit`
 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
 - :hg:`graft`
 - :hg:`histedit`
 - :hg:`import`
 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
 - :hg:`rebase`
 - :hg:`shelve`
 - :hg:`sign`
 - :hg:`tag`
 - :hg:`transplant`
 
 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
 messages for each action.
 
 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
 
 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
 
 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
 variable.
 
 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
 
     [committemplate]
     listupfiles = {file_adds %
        "HG: added {file}\n"     }{file_mods %
        "HG: changed {file}\n"   }{file_dels %
        "HG: removed {file}\n"   }{if(files, "",
        "HG: no files changed\n")}
 
 ``decode/encode``
 -----------------
 
 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
 typically be used for newline processing or other
 localization/canonicalization of files.
 
 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
 
 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
 
 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
 data on stdout.
 
 Pipe example::
 
   [encode]
   # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
   # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
   *.gz = pipe: gunzip
 
   [decode]
   # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
   # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
   *.gz = gzip
 
 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
 the command.
 
 .. container:: windows
 
    .. note::
 
      The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
      where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
      strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
 
 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
 
 
 ``defaults``
 ------------
 
 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
 
 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
 
 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
 
   [defaults]
   log = -v
   status = -m
 
 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
 to the aliases of the commands defined.
 
 
 ``diff``
 --------
 
 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
 for related options for the annotate command.
 
 ``git``
     Use git extended diff format.
 
 ``nobinary``
     Omit git binary patches.
 
 ``nodates``
     Don't include dates in diff headers.
 
 ``noprefix``
     Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
 
 ``showfunc``
     Show which function each change is in.
 
 ``ignorews``
     Ignore white space when comparing lines.
 
 ``ignorewsamount``
     Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
 
 ``ignoreblanklines``
     Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
 
 ``unified``
     Number of lines of context to show.
 
 ``word-diff``
     Highlight changed words.
 
 ``email``
 ---------
 
 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
 
 ``from``
     Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
     of outgoing messages.
 
 ``to``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
 
 ``cc``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
     email addresses.
 
 ``bcc``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
     email addresses.
 
 ``method``
     Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
     (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
     Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
     (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
     message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
     ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
 
 ``charsets``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
     convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
     containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
     first character set to which conversion from local encoding
     (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
     conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
     (default: '')
 
     Order of outgoing email character sets:
 
     1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
     2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
     3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
     4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
     5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
 
 Email example::
 
   [email]
   from = Joseph User <[e-mail]>
   method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
   # charsets for western Europeans
   # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
   charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
 
 
 ``extensions``
 --------------
 
 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
 
 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
 after the ``=``.
 
 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
 defines the extension.
 
 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
 
 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
 
   [extensions]
   # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
   churn =
   # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
   myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
 
 
 ``format``
 ----------
 
 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
 for config changes to be taken into account.
 
 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
 
 ``usegeneraldelta``
     Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
     repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
     arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
     significant improvement for repositories with branches.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``dotencode``
     Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
     the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
     dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
     Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``usefncache``
     Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
     the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
     fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
     reserved names, e.g. "nul".
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``usestore``
     Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
     compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
     filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
     in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``sparse-revlog``
     Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
     delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
     smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
     performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``revlog-compression``
     Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
     `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
     a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
-    better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage.
+    better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
+    can be specified, the first available one will be used.
 
     On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
 
     Default is `zlib`.
 
 ``bookmarks-in-store``
     Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
     using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
 
     Disabled by default.
 
 
 ``graph``
 ---------
 
 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
 ``default`` branch stand out.
 
 Each line has the following format::
 
     <branch>.<argument> = <value>
 
 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
 customized. Example::
 
     [graph]
     # 2px width
     default.width = 2
     # red color
     default.color = FF0000
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``width``
     Set branch edges width in pixels.
 
 ``color``
     Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
 
 ``hooks``
 ---------
 
 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
 value or setting it to an empty string.  Hooks can be prioritized
 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
 
 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
 
   [hooks]
   # update working directory after adding changesets
   changegroup.update = hg update
   # do not use the site-wide hook
   incoming =
   incoming.email = /my/email/hook
   incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
   # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
   priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
 
 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
   and ``${VAR}`` style variables.  A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
   be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
   on Unix.  To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
   slash or inside of a strong quote.  Strong quotes will be replaced by
   double quotes after processing.
 
   This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
   name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``.  For example::
 
     [hooks]
     incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
     # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
     tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
 
 ``changegroup``
   Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle.  The ID of
   the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
   The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``commit``
   Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
   of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
   IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``incoming``
   Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
   the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
   ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``outgoing``
   Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
   first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
   ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
 
 ``post-<command>``
   Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
   contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
   code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
   ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
   the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
   dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
   ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
 
 ``fail-<command>``
   Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
   of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
   arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
   string representations of the python data internally passed to
   <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
   options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
   Hook failure is ignored.
 
 ``pre-<command>``
   Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
   command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
   are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
   representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
   is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
   defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
   failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
   code.
 
 ``prechangegroup``
   Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
   status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
   cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
   will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``precommit``
   Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
   commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
   Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``prelistkeys``
   Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
   repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
   in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
 
 ``preoutgoing``
   Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
   another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
   pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
   local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
   since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
   ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
   SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
   is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
 
 ``prepushkey``
   Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
   repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
   key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
   the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
   ``$HG_NEW``.
 
 ``pretag``
   Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
   created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
   changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
   tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
 
 ``pretxnopen``
   Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
   transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
   transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
   transaction from being opened.
 
 ``pretxnclose``
   Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
   will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
   content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
   status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
   transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
   the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
   vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
   (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
   added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables.  Bookmark and
   phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
   respectively, etc.
 
 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
   Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
   change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
   transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
   proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
   The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
   bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
   location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
   creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
   will be empty.
   In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
   ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
   ``HG_TXNID``.
 
 ``pretxnclose-phase``
   Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
   will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
   content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed.  A non-zero
   status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
   multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
   The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
   while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
   will be empty.  In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
   ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
   ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
   the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
 
 ``txnclose``
   Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
   point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
   after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
   details about available variables.
 
 ``txnclose-bookmark``
   Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
   transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
   is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
   about available variables.
 
 ``txnclose-phase``
   Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
   transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
   is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
   available variables.
 
 ``txnabort``
   Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
   for details about available variables.
 
 ``pretxnchangegroup``
   Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
   the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
   program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
   The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
   ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
   status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
   unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``pretxncommit``
   Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
   committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
   validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
   commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
   be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
   changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``preupdate``
   Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
   the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
   The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
   merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``listkeys``
   Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
   key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
   dictionary containing the keys and values.
 
 ``pushkey``
   Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
   repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
   ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
   value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
 
 ``tag``
   Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
   The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
   the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
 
 ``update``
   Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
   new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
   parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
   update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
 
 .. note::
 
    It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
    generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
    called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
    Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
    generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
 
 .. note::
 
    Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
    hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
    will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
    changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
 
 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
 
   hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
   hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
 
 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
 
 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
 is treated as a failure.
 
 
 ``hostfingerprints``
 --------------------
 
 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
 
 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
 
 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
 
 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
 to a new certificate.
 
 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
 
 For example::
 
     [hostfingerprints]
     hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
     hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
 
 ``hostsecurity``
 ----------------
 
 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
 other machines.
 
 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
 
 ``ciphers``
     Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
 
     Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
     https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
 
     This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
     can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
     You have been warned.
 
     This option requires Python 2.7.
 
 ``minimumprotocol``
     Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
 
     By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
     is used.
 
     Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
 
     When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
     old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
 
     When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
     ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
     weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
     a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
 
 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
 per-host basis.
 
 The following per-host settings can be defined.
 
 ``ciphers``
     This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
     to the host on which it is defined.
 
 ``fingerprints``
     A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
     the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
     ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
     In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
 
     The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
     ``sha512``.
 
     Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
 
     If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
     host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
     of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
     certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
     This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
     at the expense of convenience.
 
     This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
 
 ``minimumprotocol``
     This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
     only applies to the host on which it is defined.
 
 ``verifycertsfile``
     Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
     verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
     constructs are expanded in the filename.
 
     The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
     must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
     will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
 
     If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
     ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
     used.
 
     This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
     is set.
 
     The format of the file is as follows::
 
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
 
 For example::
 
     [hostsecurity]
     hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
     hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
     hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
     foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
 
 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
 
     [hostsecurity]
     minimumprotocol = tls1.2
     hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
 
 ``http_proxy``
 --------------
 
 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
 proxy.
 
 ``host``
     Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
     "myproxy:8000".
 
 ``no``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
     the proxy.
 
 ``passwd``
     Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
 
 ``user``
     Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
 
 ``always``
     Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
     in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
 
 ``http``
 ----------
 
 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
 
 ``timeout``
     If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
     (default: None)
 
 ``merge``
 ---------
 
 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
 
 ``checkignored``
    Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
    file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
    contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
    abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
    ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
    ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
 
 ``checkunknown``
    Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
    as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
    different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
    are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
 
 ``on-failure``
    When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
    merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
    whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
    Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
    or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
    halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
    can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
    halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
    (default: ``continue``)
 
 ``strict-capability-check``
    Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
    or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
    (default: False)
 
 ``merge-patterns``
 ------------------
 
 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
 root.
 
 Example::
 
   [merge-patterns]
   **.c = kdiff3
   **.jpg = myimgmerge
 
 ``merge-tools``
 ---------------
 
 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
 
 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
 
   [merge-tools]
   # Override stock tool location
   kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
   # Specify command line
   kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
   # Give higher priority
   kdiff3.priority = 1
 
   # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
   meld.priority = 0
 
   # Disable a preconfigured tool
   vimdiff.disabled = yes
 
   # Define new tool
   myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
   myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
   myHtmlTool.priority = 1
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``priority``
   The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
   (default: 0)
 
 ``executable``
   Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
 
   .. container:: windows
 
     On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
     syntax.
 
   (default: the tool name)
 
 ``args``
   The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
   files being merged as well as the output file through these
   variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
 
   The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
   being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
   state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
   the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
   destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
 
   Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
   accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
   labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
   respectively.
   (default: ``$local $base $other``)
 
 ``premerge``
   Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
   launching external tool.  Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
   ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
   premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
   about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
   :hg:`help merge-tools`).
   (default: True)
 
 ``binary``
   This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
   was selected by file pattern match)
 
 ``symlink``
   This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
 
 ``check``
   A list of merge success-checking options:
 
   ``changed``
     Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
   ``conflicts``
     Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
   ``prompt``
     Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
 
 ``fixeol``
   Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
   (default: False)
 
 ``gui``
   This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
 
 ``mergemarkers``
   Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
   ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
   ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
   markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
   the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
   (default: ``basic``)
 
 ``mergemarkertemplate``
   This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]``
   section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables
   and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or
   ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more
   information.
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   ``regkey``
     Windows registry key which describes install location of this
     tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
     ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
     (default: None)
 
   ``regkeyalt``
     An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
     found.  The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
     semantics of the primary key.  The most common use for this key
     is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
     (default: None)
 
   ``regname``
     Name of value to read from specified registry key.
     (default: the unnamed (default) value)
 
   ``regappend``
     String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
     the executable name of the tool.
     (default: None)
 
 ``pager``
 ---------
 
 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
 :hg:`help pager` for details.
 
 ``pager``
     Define the external tool used as pager.
 
     If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
     If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
     used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
 
       [pager]
       pager = less -FRX
 
 ``ignore``
     List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
 
       [pager]
       ignore = version, help, update
 
 ``patch``
 ---------
 
 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
 
 ``eol``
     When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
     are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
     lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
     normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
     ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
     endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
     on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
     of line, patch line endings are preserved.
     (default: strict)
 
 ``fuzz``
     The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
     controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
     trying to apply a patch.
     (default: 2)
 
 ``paths``
 ---------
 
 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
 
 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
 location of the repository. Example::
 
     [paths]
     my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
     local_path = /home/me/repo
 
 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
 :hg:`push local_path`.
 
 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
 behavior for that specific path. Example::
 
     [paths]
     my_server = https://example.com/my_path
     my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
 
 The following sub-options can be defined:
 
 ``pushurl``
    The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
    defined by the path's main entry is used.
 
 ``pushrev``
    A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
 
    When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
    defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
 
    For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
    revision by default.
 
    Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
    pushed.
 
 The following special named paths exist:
 
 ``default``
    The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
 
    :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
    repository was cloned from.
 
 ``default-push``
    (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
    ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
 
 ``phases``
 ----------
 
 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
 information about working with phases.
 
 ``publish``
     Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
     pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
     pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
     (default: True)
 
 ``new-commit``
     Phase of newly-created commits.
     (default: draft)
 
 ``checksubrepos``
     Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
     values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
     "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
     checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
     greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
     "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
     either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
     used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
     (default: follow)
 
 
 ``profiling``
 -------------
 
 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
 profiler (named ``stat``).
 
 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
 
 ``enabled``
     Enable the profiler.
     (default: false)
 
     This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
 
 ``type``
     The type of profiler to use.
     (default: stat)
 
     ``ls``
       Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
       works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
       first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
       identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
     ``stat``
       Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
       useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
       seconds.
 
 ``format``
     Profiling format.  Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: text)
 
     ``text``
       Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
       noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
       not kept.
     ``kcachegrind``
       Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
       file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
       kcachegrind.
 
 ``statformat``
     Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
     (default: hotpath)
 
     ``hotpath``
       Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
       most time was spent).
     ``bymethod``
       Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
     ``byline``
       Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
     ``json``
       Render profiling data as JSON.
 
 ``frequency``
     Sampling frequency.  Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
     (default: 1000)
 
 ``output``
     File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
     file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
     stderr)
 
 ``sort``
     Sort field.  Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
     ``inlinetime``.
     (default: inlinetime)
 
 ``time-track``
     Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
     (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
 
 ``limit``
     Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: 30)
 
 ``nested``
     Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
     This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
     Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: 0)
 
 ``showmin``
     Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
     Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
     ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
 
     Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
 
     For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
     For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
 
     The option is unused on other formats.
 
 ``showmax``
     Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
     display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
 
     Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
 
     For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
 
     The option is unused on other formats.
 
 ``showtime``
     Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
     Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
     (default: true)
 
 ``progress``
 ------------
 
 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
 have a definite end point.
 
 ``debug``
     Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
 
 ``delay``
     Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
 
 ``changedelay``
     Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
     that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
 
 ``estimateinterval``
     Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
     calculation. (default: 60)
 
 ``refresh``
     Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
 
 ``format``
     Format of the progress bar.
 
     Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
     ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
     last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
     ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
     first num characters.
 
     (default: topic bar number estimate)
 
 ``width``
     If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
     term width) will be used).
 
 ``clear-complete``
     Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
 
 ``disable``
     If true, don't show a progress bar.
 
 ``assume-tty``
     If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
 
 ``rebase``
 ----------
 
 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
     Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
     rebase of obsolete changesets.
 
 ``revsetalias``
 ---------------
 
 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
 
 ``rewrite``
 -----------
 
 ``backup-bundle``
     Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
 
 ``update-timestamp``
     If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
     applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
     current version.
 
 ``storage``
 -----------
 
 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
 category impact performance and repository size.
 
 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
     When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
     a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
     revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
 
     Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
     repository with many merges.
 
 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
     Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
     revisions from an external source.
     (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
 
     New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
     default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
     same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
     reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
     the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
     is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
     delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
     parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
 
     This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
     parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
     the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
 
     Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
     considered.  Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
     reused if the same delta parent is selected.
 
 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
     Control the reuse of delta from external source.
     (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
 
     New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
     default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
     externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
     to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
     delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
     this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
     revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
     down.
 
     This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
     related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
 
 ``revlog.zlib.level``
     Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
     Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
     default value is 6.
 
 
 ``revlog.zstd.level``
     zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
     Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
     (default 3)
 
 ``server``
 ----------
 
 Controls generic server settings.
 
 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
     Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
     for compatibility purpose (default to True)
 
     If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
     movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
     ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
 
 ``compressionengines``
     List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
     to clients.
 
     The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
     having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
     here, it won't be advertised to clients.
 
     If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
     :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
     default wire protocol priority.
 
     Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
     has no effect for legacy clients.
 
 ``uncompressed``
     Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
     uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
     data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
     server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
     WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
     regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
     about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
     extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
     the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
     (default: True)
 
 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
     Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
     changesets. (default: False)
 
 ``preferuncompressed``
     When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
     protocol. (default: False)
 
 ``disablefullbundle``
     When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
     If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
     are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
     (default: False)
 
 ``streamunbundle``
     When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
     otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
     effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
 
 ``pullbundle``
     When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
     covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
     entry will be streamed to the client.
 
     For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
     for older clients.
 
 ``concurrent-push-mode``
     Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
 
     - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
       while the push was preparing. (default)
     - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
       affected while the push was preparing.
 
     This requires compatible client (version 4.3 and later). Old client will
     use 'strict'.
 
 ``validate``
     Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
     checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
     present. (default: False)
 
 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
     Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
     many bytes. (default: 1024)
 
 ``bundle1``
     Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
     exchange format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd``
     Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1.push``
     Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
     format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd.push``
     Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1.pull``
     Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
     format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd.pull``
     Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
     Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
     consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
     repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
     format can consume a lot of CPU.
 
 ``bundle2.stream``
     Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
     (default: True)
 
 ``zliblevel``
     Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
     for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
     commands that send repository history data).
 
     The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
     likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
     maximum compression.
 
     Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
     bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
     but sends more bytes to clients.
 
     This option only impacts the HTTP server.
 
 ``zstdlevel``
     Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
     for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
     ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
 
     The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
     delivering better compression ratios.
 
     This option only impacts the HTTP server.
 
     See also ``server.zliblevel``.
 
 ``view``
     Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
 
     The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
     Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
     changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
 
 ``smtp``
 --------
 
 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
 
 ``host``
     Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
 
 ``port``
     Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
     ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
 
 ``tls``
     Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
     smtps or none. (default: none)
 
 ``username``
     Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
     (default: None)
 
 ``password``
     Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
     specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
     password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
 
 ``local_hostname``
     Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
     itself to the MTA.
 
 
 ``subpaths``
 ------------
 
 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
 rewrite rules of the form::
 
     <pattern> = <replacement>
 
 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
 ``replacements``. For instance::
 
     http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
 
 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
 
 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
 
 ``subrepos``
 ------------
 
 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
 
 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
 the respective options below.
 
 ``allowed``
     Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
 
     When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
     will fail for all subrepository types.
     (default: true)
 
 ``hg:allowed``
     Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
     directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
     is true.
     (default: true)
 
 ``git:allowed``
     Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
     This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
 
     See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
     (default: false)
 
 ``svn:allowed``
     Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
     directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
     is true.
 
     See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
     (default: false)
 
 ``templatealias``
 -----------------
 
 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
 
 ``templates``
 -------------
 
 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
 
 ``trusted``
 -----------
 
 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
 section.
 
 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
 user or service running Mercurial.
 
 ``users``
   Comma-separated list of trusted users.
 
 ``groups``
   Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
 
 
 ``ui``
 ------
 
 User interface controls.
 
 ``archivemeta``
     Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
     (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
     by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
     (default: True)
 
 ``askusername``
     Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
     neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
     be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
     default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
     (default: False)
 
 ``clonebundles``
     Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
 
     When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
     bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
 
     This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
 
     (default: True)
 
 ``clonebundlefallback``
     Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
     should result in fallback to a regular clone.
 
     This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
     bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
     start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
     clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
     since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
     pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
     clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
     fails.
 
     (default: False)
 
 ``clonebundleprefers``
     Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
 
     Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
     bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
     type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
     bundle over another.
 
     The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
 
     BUNDLESPEC
        A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
        e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
 
     COMPRESSION
        The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
 
     Server operators may define custom keys.
 
     Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
     ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
 
     By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
 
 ``color``
     When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
     "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
     seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
 
 ``commitsubrepos``
     Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
     parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
     changes, abort the commit.
     (default: False)
 
 ``debug``
     Print debugging information. (default: False)
 
 ``editor``
     The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
 
 ``fallbackencoding``
     Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
     UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
 
 ``graphnodetemplate``
     The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
     (default: ``{graphnode}``)
 
 ``ignore``
     A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
     in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
     are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
     so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
     setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
     of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
 
 ``interactive``
     Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
 
 ``interface``
     Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
     Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
 
 ``interface.chunkselector``
     Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
     Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
     This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
 
 ``large-file-limit``
     Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
     Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
     (default: 10000000)
 
 ``logtemplate``
     Template string for commands that print changesets.
 
 ``merge``
     The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
     For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
     For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
 
 ``mergemarkers``
     Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
     style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
     The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
     One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
     (default: ``basic``)
 
 ``mergemarkertemplate``
     The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
     marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
     format.
 
     Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
     the first line of the commit description.
 
     If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
     authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
     managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
     specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
     environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
     markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
     serious problems may occur.
 
     Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
 
 ``message-output``
     Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
 
     ``stderr``
       Everything to stderr.
     ``stdio``
       Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
 
 ``origbackuppath``
     The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
     not a directory, one will be created.  If set, files stored in this
     directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
     suffix.
 
 ``paginate``
   Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
   for details.
 
 ``patch``
     An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
     will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
     internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
     Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
     argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
     current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
     from stdin.
 
     It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
     arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
     will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
 
 ``portablefilenames``
     Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
     (default: ``warn``)
 
     ``warn``
       Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
       filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
       Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
       characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
       file).
 
     ``ignore``
       Don't print a warning.
 
     ``abort``
       The command is aborted.
 
     ``true``
       Alias for ``warn``.
 
     ``false``
       Alias for ``ignore``.
 
     .. container:: windows
 
       On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
 
 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
     A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
     be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
     the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
     involved or bookmarks/tags.
 
     Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
     dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
     ``{other.islink}``.
 
 ``quiet``
     Reduce the amount of output printed.
     (default: False)
 
 ``relative-paths``
     Prefer relative paths in the UI.
 
 ``remotecmd``
     Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
     (default: ``hg``)
 
 ``report_untrusted``
     Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
     trusted user or group.
     (default: True)
 
 ``slash``
     (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
 
     Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
     only makes a difference on systems where the default path
     separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
     backslash character (``\``)).
     (default: False)
 
 ``statuscopies``
     Display copies in the status command.
 
 ``ssh``
     Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
 
 ``ssherrorhint``
     A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
     ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
 
 ``strict``
     Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
     abbreviations. (default: False)
 
 ``style``
     Name of style to use for command output.
 
 ``supportcontact``
     A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
     large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
     reports should be addressed to your internal support.
 
 ``textwidth``
     Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
     ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
     width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
     A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
     used. (default: 78)
 
 ``timeout``
     The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
     means no timeout. (default: 600)
 
 ``timeout.warn``
     Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
     value means no warning. (default: 0)
 
 ``traceback``
     Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
     occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
     on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
     IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
 
 ``tweakdefaults``
 
     By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
     to release, but over time the recommended config settings
     shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
     Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
     effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
     not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
 
     It currently means::
 
       .. tweakdefaultsmarker
 
 ``username``
     The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
     Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
     <[e-mail]>``. Environment variables in the
     username are expanded.
 
     (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
     hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
     system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
     hgrc file)
 
 ``verbose``
     Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
 
 
 ``web``
 -------
 
 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
 and WSGI).
 
 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
 checks.
 
 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
 command line::
 
     $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
 
 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
 that this should not be used for public servers.
 
 The full set of options is:
 
 ``accesslog``
     Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
 
 ``address``
     Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
 
 ``allow-archive``
     List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
     (default: empty)
 
 ``allowbz2``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
     revisions.
     (default: False)
 
 ``allowgz``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
     revisions.
     (default: False)
 
 ``allow-pull``
     Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
 
 ``allow-push``
     Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
     pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
     user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
     remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
     user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
     allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
 
 ``allow_read``
     If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
     the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
     repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
     user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
     denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
     is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
     special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
     is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
     examined after the deny_read list.
 
 ``allowzip``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
     revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
     (default: False)
 
 ``archivesubrepos``
     Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
     (default: False)
 
 ``baseurl``
     Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
     third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
     URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
 
 ``cacerts``
     Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
     authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
     constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
     client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
     with these certificates.
 
     To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
     command line.
 
     You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
     one. On most Linux systems this will be
     ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
     generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
 
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
 
 ``cache``
     Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
 
 ``certificate``
     Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
 
 ``collapse``
     With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
     a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
     ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
     the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
     lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
     collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
     into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
 
 ``comparisoncontext``
     Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
     negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
 
     This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
     ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
 
 ``contact``
     Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
     (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
 
 ``csp``
     Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
 
     The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
     by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
     ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
     one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
     ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
 
     Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
     data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
     "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
     threat model.
 
 ``deny_push``
     Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
     push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
     denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
     any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
     contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
 
 ``deny_read``
     Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
     not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
     authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
     the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
     are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
     the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
     content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
     deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
     permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
     served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
     the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
     priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
     list.
 
 ``descend``
     hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
     directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
     available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
 
 ``description``
     Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
     (default: "unknown")
 
 ``encoding``
     Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
     Example: "UTF-8".
 
 ``errorlog``
     Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
 
 ``guessmime``
     Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
     Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
     extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
     allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
     repositories. (default: False)
 
 ``hidden``
     Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
     (default: False)
 
 ``ipv6``
     Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
 
 ``labels``
     List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
 
     Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
     output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
     by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
     if a specific label is present.
 
 ``logoimg``
     File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
     The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
     the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
     If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
 
 ``logourl``
     Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
     will be used.
 
 ``maxchanges``
     Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
 
 ``maxfiles``
     Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
 
 ``maxshortchanges``
     Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
     pages. (default: 60)
 
 ``name``
     Repository name to use in the web interface.
     (default: current working directory)
 
 ``port``
     Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
 
 ``prefix``
     Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
 
 ``push_ssl``
     Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
     prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
 
 ``refreshinterval``
     How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
     repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
     to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
     required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
 
     Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
     (default: 20)
 
 ``server-header``
     Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
 
 ``static``
     Directory where static files are served from.
 
 ``staticurl``
     Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
     hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
     this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
     Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
 
 ``stripes``
     How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
     Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
 
 ``style``
     Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
     subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
     Example: ``monoblue``.
 
 ``templates``
     Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
     can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
 
 ``websub``
 ----------
 
 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
 
 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
 
 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
 HTML (see the examples below).
 
 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
 
     patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
 
 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
 
 Examples::
 
     [websub]
     issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
     italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
     bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
 
 ``worker``
 ----------
 
 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
 helps performance.
 
 ``enabled``
     Whether to enable workers code to be used.
     (default: true)
 
 ``numcpus``
     Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
     negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
     (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
 
 ``backgroundclose``
     Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
     operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
     handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
     on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
     (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
 
 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
     Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
     Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
     threads.
     (default: 2048)
 
 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
     The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
     background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
     enabled.
     (default: 384)
 
 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
     Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
     ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
     (default: 4)

mercurial/localrepo.py

@@ -1,3793 +1,3796 b''
 # localrepo.py - read/write repository class for mercurial
 #
 # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <[e-mail]>
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
 import errno
 import os
 import random
 import sys
 import time
 import weakref
 
 from .i18n import _
 from .node import (
     bin,
     hex,
     nullid,
     nullrev,
     short,
 )
 from .pycompat import (
     delattr,
     getattr,
 )
 from . import (
     bookmarks,
     branchmap,
     bundle2,
     changegroup,
     color,
     context,
     dirstate,
     dirstateguard,
     discovery,
     encoding,
     error,
     exchange,
     extensions,
     filelog,
     hook,
     lock as lockmod,
     match as matchmod,
     merge as mergemod,
     mergeutil,
     namespaces,
     narrowspec,
     obsolete,
     pathutil,
     phases,
     pushkey,
     pycompat,
     rcutil,
     repoview,
     revset,
     revsetlang,
     scmutil,
     sparse,
     store as storemod,
     subrepoutil,
     tags as tagsmod,
     transaction,
     txnutil,
     util,
     vfs as vfsmod,
 )
 
 from .interfaces import (
     repository,
     util as interfaceutil,
 )
 
 from .utils import (
     hashutil,
     procutil,
     stringutil,
 )
 
 from .revlogutils import constants as revlogconst
 
 release = lockmod.release
 urlerr = util.urlerr
 urlreq = util.urlreq
 
 # set of (path, vfs-location) tuples. vfs-location is:
 # - 'plain for vfs relative paths
 # - '' for svfs relative paths
 _cachedfiles = set()
 
 
 class _basefilecache(scmutil.filecache):
     """All filecache usage on repo are done for logic that should be unfiltered
     """
 
     def __get__(self, repo, type=None):
         if repo is None:
             return self
         # proxy to unfiltered __dict__ since filtered repo has no entry
         unfi = repo.unfiltered()
         try:
             return unfi.__dict__[self.sname]
         except KeyError:
             pass
         return super(_basefilecache, self).__get__(unfi, type)
 
     def set(self, repo, value):
         return super(_basefilecache, self).set(repo.unfiltered(), value)
 
 
 class repofilecache(_basefilecache):
     """filecache for files in .hg but outside of .hg/store"""
 
     def __init__(self, *paths):
         super(repofilecache, self).__init__(*paths)
         for path in paths:
             _cachedfiles.add((path, b'plain'))
 
     def join(self, obj, fname):
         return obj.vfs.join(fname)
 
 
 class storecache(_basefilecache):
     """filecache for files in the store"""
 
     def __init__(self, *paths):
         super(storecache, self).__init__(*paths)
         for path in paths:
             _cachedfiles.add((path, b''))
 
     def join(self, obj, fname):
         return obj.sjoin(fname)
 
 
 class mixedrepostorecache(_basefilecache):
     """filecache for a mix files in .hg/store and outside"""
 
     def __init__(self, *pathsandlocations):
         # scmutil.filecache only uses the path for passing back into our
         # join(), so we can safely pass a list of paths and locations
         super(mixedrepostorecache, self).__init__(*pathsandlocations)
         _cachedfiles.update(pathsandlocations)
 
     def join(self, obj, fnameandlocation):
         fname, location = fnameandlocation
         if location == b'plain':
             return obj.vfs.join(fname)
         else:
             if location != b'':
                 raise error.ProgrammingError(
                     b'unexpected location: %s' % location
                 )
             return obj.sjoin(fname)
 
 
 def isfilecached(repo, name):
     """check if a repo has already cached "name" filecache-ed property
 
     This returns (cachedobj-or-None, iscached) tuple.
     """
     cacheentry = repo.unfiltered()._filecache.get(name, None)
     if not cacheentry:
         return None, False
     return cacheentry.obj, True
 
 
 class unfilteredpropertycache(util.propertycache):
     """propertycache that apply to unfiltered repo only"""
 
     def __get__(self, repo, type=None):
         unfi = repo.unfiltered()
         if unfi is repo:
             return super(unfilteredpropertycache, self).__get__(unfi)
         return getattr(unfi, self.name)
 
 
 class filteredpropertycache(util.propertycache):
     """propertycache that must take filtering in account"""
 
     def cachevalue(self, obj, value):
         object.__setattr__(obj, self.name, value)
 
 
 def hasunfilteredcache(repo, name):
     """check if a repo has an unfilteredpropertycache value for <name>"""
     return name in vars(repo.unfiltered())
 
 
 def unfilteredmethod(orig):
     """decorate method that always need to be run on unfiltered version"""
 
     def wrapper(repo, *args, **kwargs):
         return orig(repo.unfiltered(), *args, **kwargs)
 
     return wrapper
 
 
 moderncaps = {
     b'lookup',
     b'branchmap',
     b'pushkey',
     b'known',
     b'getbundle',
     b'unbundle',
 }
 legacycaps = moderncaps.union({b'changegroupsubset'})
 
 
 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeercommandexecutor)
 class localcommandexecutor(object):
     def __init__(self, peer):
         self._peer = peer
         self._sent = False
         self._closed = False
 
     def __enter__(self):
         return self
 
     def __exit__(self, exctype, excvalue, exctb):
         self.close()
 
     def callcommand(self, command, args):
         if self._sent:
             raise error.ProgrammingError(
                 b'callcommand() cannot be used after sendcommands()'
             )
 
         if self._closed:
             raise error.ProgrammingError(
                 b'callcommand() cannot be used after close()'
             )
 
         # We don't need to support anything fancy. Just call the named
         # method on the peer and return a resolved future.
         fn = getattr(self._peer, pycompat.sysstr(command))
 
         f = pycompat.futures.Future()
 
         try:
             result = fn(**pycompat.strkwargs(args))
         except Exception:
             pycompat.future_set_exception_info(f, sys.exc_info()[1:])
         else:
             f.set_result(result)
 
         return f
 
     def sendcommands(self):
         self._sent = True
 
     def close(self):
         self._closed = True
 
 
 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeercommands)
 class localpeer(repository.peer):
     '''peer for a local repo; reflects only the most recent API'''
 
     def __init__(self, repo, caps=None):
         super(localpeer, self).__init__()
 
         if caps is None:
             caps = moderncaps.copy()
         self._repo = repo.filtered(b'served')
         self.ui = repo.ui
         self._caps = repo._restrictcapabilities(caps)
 
     # Begin of _basepeer interface.
 
     def url(self):
         return self._repo.url()
 
     def local(self):
         return self._repo
 
     def peer(self):
         return self
 
     def canpush(self):
         return True
 
     def close(self):
         self._repo.close()
 
     # End of _basepeer interface.
 
     # Begin of _basewirecommands interface.
 
     def branchmap(self):
         return self._repo.branchmap()
 
     def capabilities(self):
         return self._caps
 
     def clonebundles(self):
         return self._repo.tryread(b'clonebundles.manifest')
 
     def debugwireargs(self, one, two, three=None, four=None, five=None):
         """Used to test argument passing over the wire"""
         return b"%s %s %s %s %s" % (
             one,
             two,
             pycompat.bytestr(three),
             pycompat.bytestr(four),
             pycompat.bytestr(five),
         )
 
     def getbundle(
         self, source, heads=None, common=None, bundlecaps=None, **kwargs
     ):
         chunks = exchange.getbundlechunks(
             self._repo,
             source,
             heads=heads,
             common=common,
             bundlecaps=bundlecaps,
             **kwargs
         )[1]
         cb = util.chunkbuffer(chunks)
 
         if exchange.bundle2requested(bundlecaps):
             # When requesting a bundle2, getbundle returns a stream to make the
             # wire level function happier. We need to build a proper object
             # from it in local peer.
             return bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, cb)
         else:
             return changegroup.getunbundler(b'01', cb, None)
 
     def heads(self):
         return self._repo.heads()
 
     def known(self, nodes):
         return self._repo.known(nodes)
 
     def listkeys(self, namespace):
         return self._repo.listkeys(namespace)
 
     def lookup(self, key):
         return self._repo.lookup(key)
 
     def pushkey(self, namespace, key, old, new):
         return self._repo.pushkey(namespace, key, old, new)
 
     def stream_out(self):
         raise error.Abort(_(b'cannot perform stream clone against local peer'))
 
     def unbundle(self, bundle, heads, url):
         """apply a bundle on a repo
 
         This function handles the repo locking itself."""
         try:
             try:
                 bundle = exchange.readbundle(self.ui, bundle, None)
                 ret = exchange.unbundle(self._repo, bundle, heads, b'push', url)
                 if util.safehasattr(ret, b'getchunks'):
                     # This is a bundle20 object, turn it into an unbundler.
                     # This little dance should be dropped eventually when the
                     # API is finally improved.
                     stream = util.chunkbuffer(ret.getchunks())
                     ret = bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, stream)
                 return ret
             except Exception as exc:
                 # If the exception contains output salvaged from a bundle2
                 # reply, we need to make sure it is printed before continuing
                 # to fail. So we build a bundle2 with such output and consume
                 # it directly.
                 #
                 # This is not very elegant but allows a "simple" solution for
                 # issue4594
                 output = getattr(exc, '_bundle2salvagedoutput', ())
                 if output:
                     bundler = bundle2.bundle20(self._repo.ui)
                     for out in output:
                         bundler.addpart(out)
                     stream = util.chunkbuffer(bundler.getchunks())
                     b = bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, stream)
                     bundle2.processbundle(self._repo, b)
                 raise
         except error.PushRaced as exc:
             raise error.ResponseError(
                 _(b'push failed:'), stringutil.forcebytestr(exc)
             )
 
     # End of _basewirecommands interface.
 
     # Begin of peer interface.
 
     def commandexecutor(self):
         return localcommandexecutor(self)
 
     # End of peer interface.
 
 
 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeerlegacycommands)
 class locallegacypeer(localpeer):
     '''peer extension which implements legacy methods too; used for tests with
     restricted capabilities'''
 
     def __init__(self, repo):
         super(locallegacypeer, self).__init__(repo, caps=legacycaps)
 
     # Begin of baselegacywirecommands interface.
 
     def between(self, pairs):
         return self._repo.between(pairs)
 
     def branches(self, nodes):
         return self._repo.branches(nodes)
 
     def changegroup(self, nodes, source):
         outgoing = discovery.outgoing(
             self._repo, missingroots=nodes, missingheads=self._repo.heads()
         )
         return changegroup.makechangegroup(self._repo, outgoing, b'01', source)
 
     def changegroupsubset(self, bases, heads, source):
         outgoing = discovery.outgoing(
             self._repo, missingroots=bases, missingheads=heads
         )
         return changegroup.makechangegroup(self._repo, outgoing, b'01', source)
 
     # End of baselegacywirecommands interface.
 
 
 # Increment the sub-version when the revlog v2 format changes to lock out old
 # clients.
 REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT = b'exp-revlogv2.1'
 
 # A repository with the sparserevlog feature will have delta chains that
 # can spread over a larger span. Sparse reading cuts these large spans into
 # pieces, so that each piece isn't too big.
 # Without the sparserevlog capability, reading from the repository could use
 # huge amounts of memory, because the whole span would be read at once,
 # including all the intermediate revisions that aren't pertinent for the chain.
 # This is why once a repository has enabled sparse-read, it becomes required.
 SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT = b'sparserevlog'
 
 # A repository with the sidedataflag requirement will allow to store extra
 # information for revision without altering their original hashes.
 SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT = b'exp-sidedata-flag'
 
 # A repository with the the copies-sidedata-changeset requirement will store
 # copies related information in changeset's sidedata.
 COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT = b'exp-copies-sidedata-changeset'
 
 # Functions receiving (ui, features) that extensions can register to impact
 # the ability to load repositories with custom requirements. Only
 # functions defined in loaded extensions are called.
 #
 # The function receives a set of requirement strings that the repository
 # is capable of opening. Functions will typically add elements to the
 # set to reflect that the extension knows how to handle that requirements.
 featuresetupfuncs = set()
 
 
 def makelocalrepository(baseui, path, intents=None):
     """Create a local repository object.
 
     Given arguments needed to construct a local repository, this function
     performs various early repository loading functionality (such as
     reading the ``.hg/requires`` and ``.hg/hgrc`` files), validates that
     the repository can be opened, derives a type suitable for representing
     that repository, and returns an instance of it.
 
     The returned object conforms to the ``repository.completelocalrepository``
     interface.
 
     The repository type is derived by calling a series of factory functions
     for each aspect/interface of the final repository. These are defined by
     ``REPO_INTERFACES``.
 
     Each factory function is called to produce a type implementing a specific
     interface. The cumulative list of returned types will be combined into a
     new type and that type will be instantiated to represent the local
     repository.
 
     The factory functions each receive various state that may be consulted
     as part of deriving a type.
 
     Extensions should wrap these factory functions to customize repository type
     creation. Note that an extension's wrapped function may be called even if
     that extension is not loaded for the repo being constructed. Extensions
     should check if their ``__name__`` appears in the
     ``extensionmodulenames`` set passed to the factory function and no-op if
     not.
     """
     ui = baseui.copy()
     # Prevent copying repo configuration.
     ui.copy = baseui.copy
 
     # Working directory VFS rooted at repository root.
     wdirvfs = vfsmod.vfs(path, expandpath=True, realpath=True)
 
     # Main VFS for .hg/ directory.
     hgpath = wdirvfs.join(b'.hg')
     hgvfs = vfsmod.vfs(hgpath, cacheaudited=True)
 
     # The .hg/ path should exist and should be a directory. All other
     # cases are errors.
     if not hgvfs.isdir():
         try:
             hgvfs.stat()
         except OSError as e:
             if e.errno != errno.ENOENT:
                 raise
 
         raise error.RepoError(_(b'repository %s not found') % path)
 
     # .hg/requires file contains a newline-delimited list of
     # features/capabilities the opener (us) must have in order to use
     # the repository. This file was introduced in Mercurial 0.9.2,
     # which means very old repositories may not have one. We assume
     # a missing file translates to no requirements.
     try:
         requirements = set(hgvfs.read(b'requires').splitlines())
     except IOError as e:
         if e.errno != errno.ENOENT:
             raise
         requirements = set()
 
     # The .hg/hgrc file may load extensions or contain config options
     # that influence repository construction. Attempt to load it and
     # process any new extensions that it may have pulled in.
     if loadhgrc(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements):
         afterhgrcload(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements)
         extensions.loadall(ui)
         extensions.populateui(ui)
 
     # Set of module names of extensions loaded for this repository.
     extensionmodulenames = {m.__name__ for n, m in extensions.extensions(ui)}
 
     supportedrequirements = gathersupportedrequirements(ui)
 
     # We first validate the requirements are known.
     ensurerequirementsrecognized(requirements, supportedrequirements)
 
     # Then we validate that the known set is reasonable to use together.
     ensurerequirementscompatible(ui, requirements)
 
     # TODO there are unhandled edge cases related to opening repositories with
     # shared storage. If storage is shared, we should also test for requirements
     # compatibility in the pointed-to repo. This entails loading the .hg/hgrc in
     # that repo, as that repo may load extensions needed to open it. This is a
     # bit complicated because we don't want the other hgrc to overwrite settings
     # in this hgrc.
     #
     # This bug is somewhat mitigated by the fact that we copy the .hg/requires
     # file when sharing repos. But if a requirement is added after the share is
     # performed, thereby introducing a new requirement for the opener, we may
     # will not see that and could encounter a run-time error interacting with
     # that shared store since it has an unknown-to-us requirement.
 
     # At this point, we know we should be capable of opening the repository.
     # Now get on with doing that.
 
     features = set()
 
     # The "store" part of the repository holds versioned data. How it is
     # accessed is determined by various requirements. The ``shared`` or
     # ``relshared`` requirements indicate the store lives in the path contained
     # in the ``.hg/sharedpath`` file. This is an absolute path for
     # ``shared`` and relative to ``.hg/`` for ``relshared``.
     if b'shared' in requirements or b'relshared' in requirements:
         sharedpath = hgvfs.read(b'sharedpath').rstrip(b'\n')
         if b'relshared' in requirements:
             sharedpath = hgvfs.join(sharedpath)
 
         sharedvfs = vfsmod.vfs(sharedpath, realpath=True)
 
         if not sharedvfs.exists():
             raise error.RepoError(
                 _(b'.hg/sharedpath points to nonexistent directory %s')
                 % sharedvfs.base
             )
 
         features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_SHARED_STORAGE)
 
         storebasepath = sharedvfs.base
         cachepath = sharedvfs.join(b'cache')
     else:
         storebasepath = hgvfs.base
         cachepath = hgvfs.join(b'cache')
     wcachepath = hgvfs.join(b'wcache')
 
     # The store has changed over time and the exact layout is dictated by
     # requirements. The store interface abstracts differences across all
     # of them.
     store = makestore(
         requirements,
         storebasepath,
         lambda base: vfsmod.vfs(base, cacheaudited=True),
     )
     hgvfs.createmode = store.createmode
 
     storevfs = store.vfs
     storevfs.options = resolvestorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features)
 
     # The cache vfs is used to manage cache files.
     cachevfs = vfsmod.vfs(cachepath, cacheaudited=True)
     cachevfs.createmode = store.createmode
     # The cache vfs is used to manage cache files related to the working copy
     wcachevfs = vfsmod.vfs(wcachepath, cacheaudited=True)
     wcachevfs.createmode = store.createmode
 
     # Now resolve the type for the repository object. We do this by repeatedly
     # calling a factory function to produces types for specific aspects of the
     # repo's operation. The aggregate returned types are used as base classes
     # for a dynamically-derived type, which will represent our new repository.
 
     bases = []
     extrastate = {}
 
     for iface, fn in REPO_INTERFACES:
         # We pass all potentially useful state to give extensions tons of
         # flexibility.
         typ = fn()(
             ui=ui,
             intents=intents,
             requirements=requirements,
             features=features,
             wdirvfs=wdirvfs,
             hgvfs=hgvfs,
             store=store,
             storevfs=storevfs,
             storeoptions=storevfs.options,
             cachevfs=cachevfs,
             wcachevfs=wcachevfs,
             extensionmodulenames=extensionmodulenames,
             extrastate=extrastate,
             baseclasses=bases,
         )
 
         if not isinstance(typ, type):
             raise error.ProgrammingError(
                 b'unable to construct type for %s' % iface
             )
 
         bases.append(typ)
 
     # type() allows you to use characters in type names that wouldn't be
     # recognized as Python symbols in source code. We abuse that to add
     # rich information about our constructed repo.
     name = pycompat.sysstr(
         b'derivedrepo:%s<%s>' % (wdirvfs.base, b','.join(sorted(requirements)))
     )
 
     cls = type(name, tuple(bases), {})
 
     return cls(
         baseui=baseui,
         ui=ui,
         origroot=path,
         wdirvfs=wdirvfs,
         hgvfs=hgvfs,
         requirements=requirements,
         supportedrequirements=supportedrequirements,
         sharedpath=storebasepath,
         store=store,
         cachevfs=cachevfs,
         wcachevfs=wcachevfs,
         features=features,
         intents=intents,
     )
 
 
 def loadhgrc(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements):
     """Load hgrc files/content into a ui instance.
 
     This is called during repository opening to load any additional
     config files or settings relevant to the current repository.
 
     Returns a bool indicating whether any additional configs were loaded.
 
     Extensions should monkeypatch this function to modify how per-repo
     configs are loaded. For example, an extension may wish to pull in
     configs from alternate files or sources.
     """
     if not rcutil.use_repo_hgrc():
         return False
     try:
         ui.readconfig(hgvfs.join(b'hgrc'), root=wdirvfs.base)
         return True
     except IOError:
         return False
 
 
 def afterhgrcload(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements):
     """Perform additional actions after .hg/hgrc is loaded.
 
     This function is called during repository loading immediately after
     the .hg/hgrc file is loaded and before per-repo extensions are loaded.
 
     The function can be used to validate configs, automatically add
     options (including extensions) based on requirements, etc.
     """
 
     # Map of requirements to list of extensions to load automatically when
     # requirement is present.
     autoextensions = {
         b'largefiles': [b'largefiles'],
         b'lfs': [b'lfs'],
     }
 
     for requirement, names in sorted(autoextensions.items()):
         if requirement not in requirements:
             continue
 
         for name in names:
             if not ui.hasconfig(b'extensions', name):
                 ui.setconfig(b'extensions', name, b'', source=b'autoload')
 
 
 def gathersupportedrequirements(ui):
     """Determine the complete set of recognized requirements."""
     # Start with all requirements supported by this file.
     supported = set(localrepository._basesupported)
 
     # Execute ``featuresetupfuncs`` entries if they belong to an extension
     # relevant to this ui instance.
     modules = {m.__name__ for n, m in extensions.extensions(ui)}
 
     for fn in featuresetupfuncs:
         if fn.__module__ in modules:
             fn(ui, supported)
 
     # Add derived requirements from registered compression engines.
     for name in util.compengines:
         engine = util.compengines[name]
         if engine.available() and engine.revlogheader():
             supported.add(b'exp-compression-%s' % name)
             if engine.name() == b'zstd':
                 supported.add(b'revlog-compression-zstd')
 
     return supported
 
 
 def ensurerequirementsrecognized(requirements, supported):
     """Validate that a set of local requirements is recognized.
 
     Receives a set of requirements. Raises an ``error.RepoError`` if there
     exists any requirement in that set that currently loaded code doesn't
     recognize.
 
     Returns a set of supported requirements.
     """
     missing = set()
 
     for requirement in requirements:
         if requirement in supported:
             continue
 
         if not requirement or not requirement[0:1].isalnum():
             raise error.RequirementError(_(b'.hg/requires file is corrupt'))
 
         missing.add(requirement)
 
     if missing:
         raise error.RequirementError(
             _(b'repository requires features unknown to this Mercurial: %s')
             % b' '.join(sorted(missing)),
             hint=_(
                 b'see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement '
                 b'for more information'
             ),
         )
 
 
 def ensurerequirementscompatible(ui, requirements):
     """Validates that a set of recognized requirements is mutually compatible.
 
     Some requirements may not be compatible with others or require
     config options that aren't enabled. This function is called during
     repository opening to ensure that the set of requirements needed
     to open a repository is sane and compatible with config options.
 
     Extensions can monkeypatch this function to perform additional
     checking.
 
     ``error.RepoError`` should be raised on failure.
     """
     if b'exp-sparse' in requirements and not sparse.enabled:
         raise error.RepoError(
             _(
                 b'repository is using sparse feature but '
                 b'sparse is not enabled; enable the '
                 b'"sparse" extensions to access'
             )
         )
 
 
 def makestore(requirements, path, vfstype):
     """Construct a storage object for a repository."""
     if b'store' in requirements:
         if b'fncache' in requirements:
             return storemod.fncachestore(
                 path, vfstype, b'dotencode' in requirements
             )
 
         return storemod.encodedstore(path, vfstype)
 
     return storemod.basicstore(path, vfstype)
 
 
 def resolvestorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features):
     """Resolve the options to pass to the store vfs opener.
 
     The returned dict is used to influence behavior of the storage layer.
     """
     options = {}
 
     if b'treemanifest' in requirements:
         options[b'treemanifest'] = True
 
     # experimental config: format.manifestcachesize
     manifestcachesize = ui.configint(b'format', b'manifestcachesize')
     if manifestcachesize is not None:
         options[b'manifestcachesize'] = manifestcachesize
 
     # In the absence of another requirement superseding a revlog-related
     # requirement, we have to assume the repo is using revlog version 0.
     # This revlog format is super old and we don't bother trying to parse
     # opener options for it because those options wouldn't do anything
     # meaningful on such old repos.
     if b'revlogv1' in requirements or REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
         options.update(resolverevlogstorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features))
     else:  # explicitly mark repo as using revlogv0
         options[b'revlogv0'] = True
 
     if COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
         options[b'copies-storage'] = b'changeset-sidedata'
     else:
         writecopiesto = ui.config(b'experimental', b'copies.write-to')
         copiesextramode = (b'changeset-only', b'compatibility')
         if writecopiesto in copiesextramode:
             options[b'copies-storage'] = b'extra'
 
     return options
 
 
 def resolverevlogstorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features):
     """Resolve opener options specific to revlogs."""
 
     options = {}
     options[b'flagprocessors'] = {}
 
     if b'revlogv1' in requirements:
         options[b'revlogv1'] = True
     if REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
         options[b'revlogv2'] = True
 
     if b'generaldelta' in requirements:
         options[b'generaldelta'] = True
 
     # experimental config: format.chunkcachesize
     chunkcachesize = ui.configint(b'format', b'chunkcachesize')
     if chunkcachesize is not None:
         options[b'chunkcachesize'] = chunkcachesize
 
     deltabothparents = ui.configbool(
         b'storage', b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice'
     )
     options[b'deltabothparents'] = deltabothparents
 
     lazydelta = ui.configbool(b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta')
     lazydeltabase = False
     if lazydelta:
         lazydeltabase = ui.configbool(
             b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent'
         )
     if lazydeltabase is None:
         lazydeltabase = not scmutil.gddeltaconfig(ui)
     options[b'lazydelta'] = lazydelta
     options[b'lazydeltabase'] = lazydeltabase
 
     chainspan = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', b'maxdeltachainspan')
     if 0 <= chainspan:
         options[b'maxdeltachainspan'] = chainspan
 
     mmapindexthreshold = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', b'mmapindexthreshold')
     if mmapindexthreshold is not None:
         options[b'mmapindexthreshold'] = mmapindexthreshold
 
     withsparseread = ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'sparse-read')
     srdensitythres = float(
         ui.config(b'experimental', b'sparse-read.density-threshold')
     )
     srmingapsize = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', b'sparse-read.min-gap-size')
     options[b'with-sparse-read'] = withsparseread
     options[b'sparse-read-density-threshold'] = srdensitythres
     options[b'sparse-read-min-gap-size'] = srmingapsize
 
     sparserevlog = SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT in requirements
     options[b'sparse-revlog'] = sparserevlog
     if sparserevlog:
         options[b'generaldelta'] = True
 
     sidedata = SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT in requirements
     options[b'side-data'] = sidedata
 
     maxchainlen = None
     if sparserevlog:
         maxchainlen = revlogconst.SPARSE_REVLOG_MAX_CHAIN_LENGTH
     # experimental config: format.maxchainlen
     maxchainlen = ui.configint(b'format', b'maxchainlen', maxchainlen)
     if maxchainlen is not None:
         options[b'maxchainlen'] = maxchainlen
 
     for r in requirements:
         # we allow multiple compression engine requirement to co-exist because
         # strickly speaking, revlog seems to support mixed compression style.
         #
         # The compression used for new entries will be "the last one"
         prefix = r.startswith
         if prefix(b'revlog-compression-') or prefix(b'exp-compression-'):
             options[b'compengine'] = r.split(b'-', 2)[2]
 
     options[b'zlib.level'] = ui.configint(b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level')
     if options[b'zlib.level'] is not None:
         if not (0 <= options[b'zlib.level'] <= 9):
             msg = _(b'invalid value for `storage.revlog.zlib.level` config: %d')
             raise error.Abort(msg % options[b'zlib.level'])
     options[b'zstd.level'] = ui.configint(b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level')
     if options[b'zstd.level'] is not None:
         if not (0 <= options[b'zstd.level'] <= 22):
             msg = _(b'invalid value for `storage.revlog.zstd.level` config: %d')
             raise error.Abort(msg % options[b'zstd.level'])
 
     if repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
         options[b'enableellipsis'] = True
 
     if ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'rust.index'):
         options[b'rust.index'] = True
     if ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'exp-persistent-nodemap'):
         options[b'exp-persistent-nodemap'] = True
     if ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'exp-persistent-nodemap.mmap'):
         options[b'exp-persistent-nodemap.mmap'] = True
     if ui.configbool(b'devel', b'persistent-nodemap'):
         options[b'devel-force-nodemap'] = True
 
     return options
 
 
 def makemain(**kwargs):
     """Produce a type conforming to ``ilocalrepositorymain``."""
     return localrepository
 
 
 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage)
 class revlogfilestorage(object):
     """File storage when using revlogs."""
 
     def file(self, path):
         if path[0] == b'/':
             path = path[1:]
 
         return filelog.filelog(self.svfs, path)
 
 
 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage)
 class revlognarrowfilestorage(object):
     """File storage when using revlogs and narrow files."""
 
     def file(self, path):
         if path[0] == b'/':
             path = path[1:]
 
         return filelog.narrowfilelog(self.svfs, path, self._storenarrowmatch)
 
 
 def makefilestorage(requirements, features, **kwargs):
     """Produce a type conforming to ``ilocalrepositoryfilestorage``."""
     features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_REVLOG_FILE_STORAGE)
     features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_STREAM_CLONE)
 
     if repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
         return revlognarrowfilestorage
     else:
         return revlogfilestorage
 
 
 # List of repository interfaces and factory functions for them. Each
 # will be called in order during ``makelocalrepository()`` to iteratively
 # derive the final type for a local repository instance. We capture the
 # function as a lambda so we don't hold a reference and the module-level
 # functions can be wrapped.
 REPO_INTERFACES = [
     (repository.ilocalrepositorymain, lambda: makemain),
     (repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage, lambda: makefilestorage),
 ]
 
 
 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositorymain)
 class localrepository(object):
     """Main class for representing local repositories.
 
     All local repositories are instances of this class.
 
     Constructed on its own, instances of this class are not usable as
     repository objects. To obtain a usable repository object, call
     ``hg.repository()``, ``localrepo.instance()``, or
     ``localrepo.makelocalrepository()``. The latter is the lowest-level.
     ``instance()`` adds support for creating new repositories.
     ``hg.repository()`` adds more extension integration, including calling
     ``reposetup()``. Generally speaking, ``hg.repository()`` should be
     used.
     """
 
     # obsolete experimental requirements:
     #  - manifestv2: An experimental new manifest format that allowed
     #    for stem compression of long paths. Experiment ended up not
     #    being successful (repository sizes went up due to worse delta
     #    chains), and the code was deleted in 4.6.
     supportedformats = {
         b'revlogv1',
         b'generaldelta',
         b'treemanifest',
         COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT,
         REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT,
         SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT,
         SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT,
         bookmarks.BOOKMARKS_IN_STORE_REQUIREMENT,
     }
     _basesupported = supportedformats | {
         b'store',
         b'fncache',
         b'shared',
         b'relshared',
         b'dotencode',
         b'exp-sparse',
         b'internal-phase',
     }
 
     # list of prefix for file which can be written without 'wlock'
     # Extensions should extend this list when needed
     _wlockfreeprefix = {
         # We migh consider requiring 'wlock' for the next
         # two, but pretty much all the existing code assume
         # wlock is not needed so we keep them excluded for
         # now.
         b'hgrc',
         b'requires',
         # XXX cache is a complicatged business someone
         # should investigate this in depth at some point
         b'cache/',
         # XXX shouldn't be dirstate covered by the wlock?
         b'dirstate',
         # XXX bisect was still a bit too messy at the time
         # this changeset was introduced. Someone should fix
         # the remainig bit and drop this line
         b'bisect.state',
     }
 
     def __init__(
         self,
         baseui,
         ui,
         origroot,
         wdirvfs,
         hgvfs,
         requirements,
         supportedrequirements,
         sharedpath,
         store,
         cachevfs,
         wcachevfs,
         features,
         intents=None,
     ):
         """Create a new local repository instance.
 
         Most callers should use ``hg.repository()``, ``localrepo.instance()``,
         or ``localrepo.makelocalrepository()`` for obtaining a new repository
         object.
 
         Arguments:
 
         baseui
            ``ui.ui`` instance that ``ui`` argument was based off of.
 
         ui
            ``ui.ui`` instance for use by the repository.
 
         origroot
            ``bytes`` path to working directory root of this repository.
 
         wdirvfs
            ``vfs.vfs`` rooted at the working directory.
 
         hgvfs
            ``vfs.vfs`` rooted at .hg/
 
         requirements
            ``set`` of bytestrings representing repository opening requirements.
 
         supportedrequirements
            ``set`` of bytestrings representing repository requirements that we
            know how to open. May be a supetset of ``requirements``.
 
         sharedpath
            ``bytes`` Defining path to storage base directory. Points to a
            ``.hg/`` directory somewhere.
 
         store
            ``store.basicstore`` (or derived) instance providing access to
            versioned storage.
 
         cachevfs
            ``vfs.vfs`` used for cache files.
 
         wcachevfs
            ``vfs.vfs`` used for cache files related to the working copy.
 
         features
            ``set`` of bytestrings defining features/capabilities of this
            instance.
 
         intents
            ``set`` of system strings indicating what this repo will be used
            for.
         """
         self.baseui = baseui
         self.ui = ui
         self.origroot = origroot
         # vfs rooted at working directory.
         self.wvfs = wdirvfs
         self.root = wdirvfs.base
         # vfs rooted at .hg/. Used to access most non-store paths.
         self.vfs = hgvfs
         self.path = hgvfs.base
         self.requirements = requirements
         self.supported = supportedrequirements
         self.sharedpath = sharedpath
         self.store = store
         self.cachevfs = cachevfs
         self.wcachevfs = wcachevfs
         self.features = features
 
         self.filtername = None
 
         if self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'all-warnings') or self.ui.configbool(
             b'devel', b'check-locks'
         ):
             self.vfs.audit = self._getvfsward(self.vfs.audit)
         # A list of callback to shape the phase if no data were found.
         # Callback are in the form: func(repo, roots) --> processed root.
         # This list it to be filled by extension during repo setup
         self._phasedefaults = []
 
         color.setup(self.ui)
 
         self.spath = self.store.path
         self.svfs = self.store.vfs
         self.sjoin = self.store.join
         if self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'all-warnings') or self.ui.configbool(
             b'devel', b'check-locks'
         ):
             if util.safehasattr(self.svfs, b'vfs'):  # this is filtervfs
                 self.svfs.vfs.audit = self._getsvfsward(self.svfs.vfs.audit)
             else:  # standard vfs
                 self.svfs.audit = self._getsvfsward(self.svfs.audit)
 
         self._dirstatevalidatewarned = False
 
         self._branchcaches = branchmap.BranchMapCache()
         self._revbranchcache = None
         self._filterpats = {}
         self._datafilters = {}
         self._transref = self._lockref = self._wlockref = None
 
         # A cache for various files under .hg/ that tracks file changes,
         # (used by the filecache decorator)
         #
         # Maps a property name to its util.filecacheentry
         self._filecache = {}
 
         # hold sets of revision to be filtered
         # should be cleared when something might have changed the filter value:
         # - new changesets,
         # - phase change,
         # - new obsolescence marker,
         # - working directory parent change,
         # - bookmark changes
         self.filteredrevcache = {}
 
         # post-dirstate-status hooks
         self._postdsstatus = []
 
         # generic mapping between names and nodes
         self.names = namespaces.namespaces()
 
         # Key to signature value.
         self._sparsesignaturecache = {}
         # Signature to cached matcher instance.
         self._sparsematchercache = {}
 
         self._extrafilterid = repoview.extrafilter(ui)
 
         self.filecopiesmode = None
         if COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT in self.requirements:
             self.filecopiesmode = b'changeset-sidedata'
 
     def _getvfsward(self, origfunc):
         """build a ward for self.vfs"""
         rref = weakref.ref(self)
 
         def checkvfs(path, mode=None):
             ret = origfunc(path, mode=mode)
             repo = rref()
             if (
                 repo is None
                 or not util.safehasattr(repo, b'_wlockref')
                 or not util.safehasattr(repo, b'_lockref')
             ):
                 return
             if mode in (None, b'r', b'rb'):
                 return
             if path.startswith(repo.path):
                 # truncate name relative to the repository (.hg)
                 path = path[len(repo.path) + 1 :]
             if path.startswith(b'cache/'):
                 msg = b'accessing cache with vfs instead of cachevfs: "%s"'
                 repo.ui.develwarn(msg % path, stacklevel=3, config=b"cache-vfs")
             if path.startswith(b'journal.') or path.startswith(b'undo.'):
                 # journal is covered by 'lock'
                 if repo._currentlock(repo._lockref) is None:
                     repo.ui.develwarn(
                         b'write with no lock: "%s"' % path,
                         stacklevel=3,
                         config=b'check-locks',
                     )
             elif repo._currentlock(repo._wlockref) is None:
                 # rest of vfs files are covered by 'wlock'
                 #
                 # exclude special files
                 for prefix in self._wlockfreeprefix:
                     if path.startswith(prefix):
                         return
                 repo.ui.develwarn(
                     b'write with no wlock: "%s"' % path,
                     stacklevel=3,
                     config=b'check-locks',
                 )
             return ret
 
         return checkvfs
 
     def _getsvfsward(self, origfunc):
         """build a ward for self.svfs"""
         rref = weakref.ref(self)
 
         def checksvfs(path, mode=None):
             ret = origfunc(path, mode=mode)
             repo = rref()
             if repo is None or not util.safehasattr(repo, b'_lockref'):
                 return
             if mode in (None, b'r', b'rb'):
                 return
             if path.startswith(repo.sharedpath):
                 # truncate name relative to the repository (.hg)
                 path = path[len(repo.sharedpath) + 1 :]
             if repo._currentlock(repo._lockref) is None:
                 repo.ui.develwarn(
                     b'write with no lock: "%s"' % path, stacklevel=4
                 )
             return ret
 
         return checksvfs
 
     def close(self):
         self._writecaches()
 
     def _writecaches(self):
         if self._revbranchcache:
             self._revbranchcache.write()
 
     def _restrictcapabilities(self, caps):
         if self.ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'bundle2-advertise'):
             caps = set(caps)
             capsblob = bundle2.encodecaps(
                 bundle2.getrepocaps(self, role=b'client')
             )
             caps.add(b'bundle2=' + urlreq.quote(capsblob))
         return caps
 
     def _writerequirements(self):
         scmutil.writerequires(self.vfs, self.requirements)
 
     # Don't cache auditor/nofsauditor, or you'll end up with reference cycle:
     # self -> auditor -> self._checknested -> self
 
     @property
     def auditor(self):
         # This is only used by context.workingctx.match in order to
         # detect files in subrepos.
         return pathutil.pathauditor(self.root, callback=self._checknested)
 
     @property
     def nofsauditor(self):
         # This is only used by context.basectx.match in order to detect
         # files in subrepos.
         return pathutil.pathauditor(
             self.root, callback=self._checknested, realfs=False, cached=True
         )
 
     def _checknested(self, path):
         """Determine if path is a legal nested repository."""
         if not path.startswith(self.root):
             return False
         subpath = path[len(self.root) + 1 :]
         normsubpath = util.pconvert(subpath)
 
         # XXX: Checking against the current working copy is wrong in
         # the sense that it can reject things like
         #
         #   $ hg cat -r 10 sub/x.txt
         #
         # if sub/ is no longer a subrepository in the working copy
         # parent revision.
         #
         # However, it can of course also allow things that would have
         # been rejected before, such as the above cat command if sub/
         # is a subrepository now, but was a normal directory before.
         # The old path auditor would have rejected by mistake since it
         # panics when it sees sub/.hg/.
         #
         # All in all, checking against the working copy seems sensible
         # since we want to prevent access to nested repositories on
         # the filesystem *now*.
         ctx = self[None]
         parts = util.splitpath(subpath)
         while parts:
             prefix = b'/'.join(parts)
             if prefix in ctx.substate:
                 if prefix == normsubpath:
                     return True
                 else:
                     sub = ctx.sub(prefix)
                     return sub.checknested(subpath[len(prefix) + 1 :])
             else:
                 parts.pop()
         return False
 
     def peer(self):
         return localpeer(self)  # not cached to avoid reference cycle
 
     def unfiltered(self):
         """Return unfiltered version of the repository
 
         Intended to be overwritten by filtered repo."""
         return self
 
     def filtered(self, name, visibilityexceptions=None):
         """Return a filtered version of a repository
 
         The `name` parameter is the identifier of the requested view. This
         will return a repoview object set "exactly" to the specified view.
 
         This function does not apply recursive filtering to a repository. For
         example calling `repo.filtered("served")` will return a repoview using
         the "served" view, regardless of the initial view used by `repo`.
 
         In other word, there is always only one level of `repoview` "filtering".
         """
         if self._extrafilterid is not None and b'%' not in name:
             name = name + b'%' + self._extrafilterid
 
         cls = repoview.newtype(self.unfiltered().__class__)
         return cls(self, name, visibilityexceptions)
 
     @mixedrepostorecache(
         (b'bookmarks', b'plain'),
         (b'bookmarks.current', b'plain'),
         (b'bookmarks', b''),
         (b'00changelog.i', b''),
     )
     def _bookmarks(self):
         # Since the multiple files involved in the transaction cannot be
         # written atomically (with current repository format), there is a race
         # condition here.
         #
         # 1) changelog content A is read
         # 2) outside transaction update changelog to content B
         # 3) outside transaction update bookmark file referring to content B
         # 4) bookmarks file content is read and filtered against changelog-A
         #
         # When this happens, bookmarks against nodes missing from A are dropped.
         #
         # Having this happening during read is not great, but it become worse
         # when this happen during write because the bookmarks to the "unknown"
         # nodes will be dropped for good. However, writes happen within locks.
         # This locking makes it possible to have a race free consistent read.
         # For this purpose data read from disc before locking  are
         # "invalidated" right after the locks are taken. This invalidations are
         # "light", the `filecache` mechanism keep the data in memory and will
         # reuse them if the underlying files did not changed. Not parsing the
         # same data multiple times helps performances.
         #
         # Unfortunately in the case describe above, the files tracked by the
         # bookmarks file cache might not have changed, but the in-memory
         # content is still "wrong" because we used an older changelog content
         # to process the on-disk data. So after locking, the changelog would be
         # refreshed but `_bookmarks` would be preserved.
         # Adding `00changelog.i` to the list of tracked file is not
         # enough, because at the time we build the content for `_bookmarks` in
         # (4), the changelog file has already diverged from the content used
         # for loading `changelog` in (1)
         #
         # To prevent the issue, we force the changelog to be explicitly
         # reloaded while computing `_bookmarks`. The data race can still happen
         # without the lock (with a narrower window), but it would no longer go
         # undetected during the lock time refresh.
         #
         # The new schedule is as follow
         #
         # 1) filecache logic detect that `_bookmarks` needs to be computed
         # 2) cachestat for `bookmarks` and `changelog` are captured (for book)
         # 3) We force `changelog` filecache to be tested
         # 4) cachestat for `changelog` are captured (for changelog)
         # 5) `_bookmarks` is computed and cached
         #
         # The step in (3) ensure we have a changelog at least as recent as the
         # cache stat computed in (1). As a result at locking time:
         #  * if the changelog did not changed since (1) -> we can reuse the data
         #  * otherwise -> the bookmarks get refreshed.
         self._refreshchangelog()
         return bookmarks.bmstore(self)
 
     def _refreshchangelog(self):
         """make sure the in memory changelog match the on-disk one"""
         if 'changelog' in vars(self) and self.currenttransaction() is None:
             del self.changelog
 
     @property
     def _activebookmark(self):
         return self._bookmarks.active
 
     # _phasesets depend on changelog. what we need is to call
     # _phasecache.invalidate() if '00changelog.i' was changed, but it
     # can't be easily expressed in filecache mechanism.
     @storecache(b'phaseroots', b'00changelog.i')
     def _phasecache(self):
         return phases.phasecache(self, self._phasedefaults)
 
     @storecache(b'obsstore')
     def obsstore(self):
         return obsolete.makestore(self.ui, self)
 
     @storecache(b'00changelog.i')
     def changelog(self):
         return self.store.changelog(txnutil.mayhavepending(self.root))
 
     @storecache(b'00manifest.i')
     def manifestlog(self):
         return self.store.manifestlog(self, self._storenarrowmatch)
 
     @repofilecache(b'dirstate')
     def dirstate(self):
         return self._makedirstate()
 
     def _makedirstate(self):
         """Extension point for wrapping the dirstate per-repo."""
         sparsematchfn = lambda: sparse.matcher(self)
 
         return dirstate.dirstate(
             self.vfs, self.ui, self.root, self._dirstatevalidate, sparsematchfn
         )
 
     def _dirstatevalidate(self, node):
         try:
             self.changelog.rev(node)
             return node
         except error.LookupError:
             if not self._dirstatevalidatewarned:
                 self._dirstatevalidatewarned = True
                 self.ui.warn(
                     _(b"warning: ignoring unknown working parent %s!\n")
                     % short(node)
                 )
             return nullid
 
     @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME)
     def narrowpats(self):
         """matcher patterns for this repository's narrowspec
 
         A tuple of (includes, excludes).
         """
         return narrowspec.load(self)
 
     @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME)
     def _storenarrowmatch(self):
         if repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT not in self.requirements:
             return matchmod.always()
         include, exclude = self.narrowpats
         return narrowspec.match(self.root, include=include, exclude=exclude)
 
     @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME)
     def _narrowmatch(self):
         if repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT not in self.requirements:
             return matchmod.always()
         narrowspec.checkworkingcopynarrowspec(self)
         include, exclude = self.narrowpats
         return narrowspec.match(self.root, include=include, exclude=exclude)
 
     def narrowmatch(self, match=None, includeexact=False):
         """matcher corresponding the the repo's narrowspec
 
         If `match` is given, then that will be intersected with the narrow
         matcher.
 
         If `includeexact` is True, then any exact matches from `match` will
         be included even if they're outside the narrowspec.
         """
         if match:
             if includeexact and not self._narrowmatch.always():
                 # do not exclude explicitly-specified paths so that they can
                 # be warned later on
                 em = matchmod.exact(match.files())
                 nm = matchmod.unionmatcher([self._narrowmatch, em])
                 return matchmod.intersectmatchers(match, nm)
             return matchmod.intersectmatchers(match, self._narrowmatch)
         return self._narrowmatch
 
     def setnarrowpats(self, newincludes, newexcludes):
         narrowspec.save(self, newincludes, newexcludes)
         self.invalidate(clearfilecache=True)
 
     @unfilteredpropertycache
     def _quick_access_changeid_null(self):
         return {
             b'null': (nullrev, nullid),
             nullrev: (nullrev, nullid),
             nullid: (nullrev, nullid),
         }
 
     @unfilteredpropertycache
     def _quick_access_changeid_wc(self):
         # also fast path access to the working copy parents
         # however, only do it for filter that ensure wc is visible.
         quick = {}
         cl = self.unfiltered().changelog
         for node in self.dirstate.parents():
             if node == nullid:
                 continue
             rev = cl.index.get_rev(node)
             if rev is None:
                 # unknown working copy parent case:
                 #
                 #   skip the fast path and let higher code deal with it
                 continue
             pair = (rev, node)
             quick[rev] = pair
             quick[node] = pair
             # also add the parents of the parents
             for r in cl.parentrevs(rev):
                 if r == nullrev:
                     continue
                 n = cl.node(r)
                 pair = (r, n)
                 quick[r] = pair
                 quick[n] = pair
         p1node = self.dirstate.p1()
         if p1node != nullid:
             quick[b'.'] = quick[p1node]
         return quick
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def _quick_access_changeid_invalidate(self):
         if '_quick_access_changeid_wc' in vars(self):
             del self.__dict__['_quick_access_changeid_wc']
 
     @property
     def _quick_access_changeid(self):
         """an helper dictionnary for __getitem__ calls
 
         This contains a list of symbol we can recognise right away without
         further processing.
         """
         mapping = self._quick_access_changeid_null
         if self.filtername in repoview.filter_has_wc:
             mapping = mapping.copy()
             mapping.update(self._quick_access_changeid_wc)
         return mapping
 
     def __getitem__(self, changeid):
         # dealing with special cases
         if changeid is None:
             return context.workingctx(self)
         if isinstance(changeid, context.basectx):
             return changeid
 
         # dealing with multiple revisions
         if isinstance(changeid, slice):
             # wdirrev isn't contiguous so the slice shouldn't include it
             return [
                 self[i]
                 for i in pycompat.xrange(*changeid.indices(len(self)))
                 if i not in self.changelog.filteredrevs
             ]
 
         # dealing with some special values
         quick_access = self._quick_access_changeid.get(changeid)
         if quick_access is not None:
             rev, node = quick_access
             return context.changectx(self, rev, node, maybe_filtered=False)
         if changeid == b'tip':
             node = self.changelog.tip()
             rev = self.changelog.rev(node)
             return context.changectx(self, rev, node)
 
         # dealing with arbitrary values
         try:
             if isinstance(changeid, int):
                 node = self.changelog.node(changeid)
                 rev = changeid
             elif changeid == b'.':
                 # this is a hack to delay/avoid loading obsmarkers
                 # when we know that '.' won't be hidden
                 node = self.dirstate.p1()
                 rev = self.unfiltered().changelog.rev(node)
             elif len(changeid) == 20:
                 try:
                     node = changeid
                     rev = self.changelog.rev(changeid)
                 except error.FilteredLookupError:
                     changeid = hex(changeid)  # for the error message
                     raise
                 except LookupError:
                     # check if it might have come from damaged dirstate
                     #
                     # XXX we could avoid the unfiltered if we had a recognizable
                     # exception for filtered changeset access
                     if (
                         self.local()
                         and changeid in self.unfiltered().dirstate.parents()
                     ):
                         msg = _(b"working directory has unknown parent '%s'!")
                         raise error.Abort(msg % short(changeid))
                     changeid = hex(changeid)  # for the error message
                     raise
 
             elif len(changeid) == 40:
                 node = bin(changeid)
                 rev = self.changelog.rev(node)
             else:
                 raise error.ProgrammingError(
                     b"unsupported changeid '%s' of type %s"
                     % (changeid, pycompat.bytestr(type(changeid)))
                 )
 
             return context.changectx(self, rev, node)
 
         except (error.FilteredIndexError, error.FilteredLookupError):
             raise error.FilteredRepoLookupError(
                 _(b"filtered revision '%s'") % pycompat.bytestr(changeid)
             )
         except (IndexError, LookupError):
             raise error.RepoLookupError(
                 _(b"unknown revision '%s'") % pycompat.bytestr(changeid)
             )
         except error.WdirUnsupported:
             return context.workingctx(self)
 
     def __contains__(self, changeid):
         """True if the given changeid exists
 
         error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError is raised if an ambiguous node
         specified.
         """
         try:
             self[changeid]
             return True
         except error.RepoLookupError:
             return False
 
     def __nonzero__(self):
         return True
 
     __bool__ = __nonzero__
 
     def __len__(self):
         # no need to pay the cost of repoview.changelog
         unfi = self.unfiltered()
         return len(unfi.changelog)
 
     def __iter__(self):
         return iter(self.changelog)
 
     def revs(self, expr, *args):
         '''Find revisions matching a revset.
 
         The revset is specified as a string ``expr`` that may contain
         %-formatting to escape certain types. See ``revsetlang.formatspec``.
 
         Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded. To expand
         user aliases, consider calling ``scmutil.revrange()`` or
         ``repo.anyrevs([expr], user=True)``.
 
         Returns a smartset.abstractsmartset, which is a list-like interface
         that contains integer revisions.
         '''
         tree = revsetlang.spectree(expr, *args)
         return revset.makematcher(tree)(self)
 
     def set(self, expr, *args):
         '''Find revisions matching a revset and emit changectx instances.
 
         This is a convenience wrapper around ``revs()`` that iterates the
         result and is a generator of changectx instances.
 
         Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded. To expand
         user aliases, consider calling ``scmutil.revrange()``.
         '''
         for r in self.revs(expr, *args):
             yield self[r]
 
     def anyrevs(self, specs, user=False, localalias=None):
         '''Find revisions matching one of the given revsets.
 
         Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded by default. To
         expand user aliases, specify ``user=True``. To provide some local
         definitions overriding user aliases, set ``localalias`` to
         ``{name: definitionstring}``.
         '''
         if specs == [b'null']:
             return revset.baseset([nullrev])
         if specs == [b'.']:
             quick_data = self._quick_access_changeid.get(b'.')
             if quick_data is not None:
                 return revset.baseset([quick_data[0]])
         if user:
             m = revset.matchany(
                 self.ui,
                 specs,
                 lookup=revset.lookupfn(self),
                 localalias=localalias,
             )
         else:
             m = revset.matchany(None, specs, localalias=localalias)
         return m(self)
 
     def url(self):
         return b'file:' + self.root
 
     def hook(self, name, throw=False, **args):
         """Call a hook, passing this repo instance.
 
         This a convenience method to aid invoking hooks. Extensions likely
         won't call this unless they have registered a custom hook or are
         replacing code that is expected to call a hook.
         """
         return hook.hook(self.ui, self, name, throw, **args)
 
     @filteredpropertycache
     def _tagscache(self):
         '''Returns a tagscache object that contains various tags related
         caches.'''
 
         # This simplifies its cache management by having one decorated
         # function (this one) and the rest simply fetch things from it.
         class tagscache(object):
             def __init__(self):
                 # These two define the set of tags for this repository. tags
                 # maps tag name to node; tagtypes maps tag name to 'global' or
                 # 'local'. (Global tags are defined by .hgtags across all
                 # heads, and local tags are defined in .hg/localtags.)
                 # They constitute the in-memory cache of tags.
                 self.tags = self.tagtypes = None
 
                 self.nodetagscache = self.tagslist = None
 
         cache = tagscache()
         cache.tags, cache.tagtypes = self._findtags()
 
         return cache
 
     def tags(self):
         '''return a mapping of tag to node'''
         t = {}
         if self.changelog.filteredrevs:
             tags, tt = self._findtags()
         else:
             tags = self._tagscache.tags
         rev = self.changelog.rev
         for k, v in pycompat.iteritems(tags):
             try:
                 # ignore tags to unknown nodes
                 rev(v)
                 t[k] = v
             except (error.LookupError, ValueError):
                 pass
         return t
 
     def _findtags(self):
         '''Do the hard work of finding tags.  Return a pair of dicts
         (tags, tagtypes) where tags maps tag name to node, and tagtypes
         maps tag name to a string like \'global\' or \'local\'.
         Subclasses or extensions are free to add their own tags, but
         should be aware that the returned dicts will be retained for the
         duration of the localrepo object.'''
 
         # XXX what tagtype should subclasses/extensions use?  Currently
         # mq and bookmarks add tags, but do not set the tagtype at all.
         # Should each extension invent its own tag type?  Should there
         # be one tagtype for all such "virtual" tags?  Or is the status
         # quo fine?
 
         # map tag name to (node, hist)
         alltags = tagsmod.findglobaltags(self.ui, self)
         # map tag name to tag type
         tagtypes = dict((tag, b'global') for tag in alltags)
 
         tagsmod.readlocaltags(self.ui, self, alltags, tagtypes)
 
         # Build the return dicts.  Have to re-encode tag names because
         # the tags module always uses UTF-8 (in order not to lose info
         # writing to the cache), but the rest of Mercurial wants them in
         # local encoding.
         tags = {}
         for (name, (node, hist)) in pycompat.iteritems(alltags):
             if node != nullid:
                 tags[encoding.tolocal(name)] = node
         tags[b'tip'] = self.changelog.tip()
         tagtypes = dict(
             [
                 (encoding.tolocal(name), value)
                 for (name, value) in pycompat.iteritems(tagtypes)
             ]
         )
         return (tags, tagtypes)
 
     def tagtype(self, tagname):
         '''
         return the type of the given tag. result can be:
 
         'local'  : a local tag
         'global' : a global tag
         None     : tag does not exist
         '''
 
         return self._tagscache.tagtypes.get(tagname)
 
     def tagslist(self):
         '''return a list of tags ordered by revision'''
         if not self._tagscache.tagslist:
             l = []
             for t, n in pycompat.iteritems(self.tags()):
                 l.append((self.changelog.rev(n), t, n))
             self._tagscache.tagslist = [(t, n) for r, t, n in sorted(l)]
 
         return self._tagscache.tagslist
 
     def nodetags(self, node):
         '''return the tags associated with a node'''
         if not self._tagscache.nodetagscache:
             nodetagscache = {}
             for t, n in pycompat.iteritems(self._tagscache.tags):
                 nodetagscache.setdefault(n, []).append(t)
             for tags in pycompat.itervalues(nodetagscache):
                 tags.sort()
             self._tagscache.nodetagscache = nodetagscache
         return self._tagscache.nodetagscache.get(node, [])
 
     def nodebookmarks(self, node):
         """return the list of bookmarks pointing to the specified node"""
         return self._bookmarks.names(node)
 
     def branchmap(self):
         '''returns a dictionary {branch: [branchheads]} with branchheads
         ordered by increasing revision number'''
         return self._branchcaches[self]
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def revbranchcache(self):
         if not self._revbranchcache:
             self._revbranchcache = branchmap.revbranchcache(self.unfiltered())
         return self._revbranchcache
 
     def branchtip(self, branch, ignoremissing=False):
         '''return the tip node for a given branch
 
         If ignoremissing is True, then this method will not raise an error.
         This is helpful for callers that only expect None for a missing branch
         (e.g. namespace).
 
         '''
         try:
             return self.branchmap().branchtip(branch)
         except KeyError:
             if not ignoremissing:
                 raise error.RepoLookupError(_(b"unknown branch '%s'") % branch)
             else:
                 pass
 
     def lookup(self, key):
         node = scmutil.revsymbol(self, key).node()
         if node is None:
             raise error.RepoLookupError(_(b"unknown revision '%s'") % key)
         return node
 
     def lookupbranch(self, key):
         if self.branchmap().hasbranch(key):
             return key
 
         return scmutil.revsymbol(self, key).branch()
 
     def known(self, nodes):
         cl = self.changelog
         get_rev = cl.index.get_rev
         filtered = cl.filteredrevs
         result = []
         for n in nodes:
             r = get_rev(n)
             resp = not (r is None or r in filtered)
             result.append(resp)
         return result
 
     def local(self):
         return self
 
     def publishing(self):
         # it's safe (and desirable) to trust the publish flag unconditionally
         # so that we don't finalize changes shared between users via ssh or nfs
         return self.ui.configbool(b'phases', b'publish', untrusted=True)
 
     def cancopy(self):
         # so statichttprepo's override of local() works
         if not self.local():
             return False
         if not self.publishing():
             return True
         # if publishing we can't copy if there is filtered content
         return not self.filtered(b'visible').changelog.filteredrevs
 
     def shared(self):
         '''the type of shared repository (None if not shared)'''
         if self.sharedpath != self.path:
             return b'store'
         return None
 
     def wjoin(self, f, *insidef):
         return self.vfs.reljoin(self.root, f, *insidef)
 
     def setparents(self, p1, p2=nullid):
         self[None].setparents(p1, p2)
         self._quick_access_changeid_invalidate()
 
     def filectx(self, path, changeid=None, fileid=None, changectx=None):
         """changeid must be a changeset revision, if specified.
            fileid can be a file revision or node."""
         return context.filectx(
             self, path, changeid, fileid, changectx=changectx
         )
 
     def getcwd(self):
         return self.dirstate.getcwd()
 
     def pathto(self, f, cwd=None):
         return self.dirstate.pathto(f, cwd)
 
     def _loadfilter(self, filter):
         if filter not in self._filterpats:
             l = []
             for pat, cmd in self.ui.configitems(filter):
                 if cmd == b'!':
                     continue
                 mf = matchmod.match(self.root, b'', [pat])
                 fn = None
                 params = cmd
                 for name, filterfn in pycompat.iteritems(self._datafilters):
                     if cmd.startswith(name):
                         fn = filterfn
                         params = cmd[len(name) :].lstrip()
                         break
                 if not fn:
                     fn = lambda s, c, **kwargs: procutil.filter(s, c)
                     fn.__name__ = 'commandfilter'
                 # Wrap old filters not supporting keyword arguments
                 if not pycompat.getargspec(fn)[2]:
                     oldfn = fn
                     fn = lambda s, c, oldfn=oldfn, **kwargs: oldfn(s, c)
                     fn.__name__ = 'compat-' + oldfn.__name__
                 l.append((mf, fn, params))
             self._filterpats[filter] = l
         return self._filterpats[filter]
 
     def _filter(self, filterpats, filename, data):
         for mf, fn, cmd in filterpats:
             if mf(filename):
                 self.ui.debug(
                     b"filtering %s through %s\n"
                     % (filename, cmd or pycompat.sysbytes(fn.__name__))
                 )
                 data = fn(data, cmd, ui=self.ui, repo=self, filename=filename)
                 break
 
         return data
 
     @unfilteredpropertycache
     def _encodefilterpats(self):
         return self._loadfilter(b'encode')
 
     @unfilteredpropertycache
     def _decodefilterpats(self):
         return self._loadfilter(b'decode')
 
     def adddatafilter(self, name, filter):
         self._datafilters[name] = filter
 
     def wread(self, filename):
         if self.wvfs.islink(filename):
             data = self.wvfs.readlink(filename)
         else:
             data = self.wvfs.read(filename)
         return self._filter(self._encodefilterpats, filename, data)
 
     def wwrite(self, filename, data, flags, backgroundclose=False, **kwargs):
         """write ``data`` into ``filename`` in the working directory
 
         This returns length of written (maybe decoded) data.
         """
         data = self._filter(self._decodefilterpats, filename, data)
         if b'l' in flags:
             self.wvfs.symlink(data, filename)
         else:
             self.wvfs.write(
                 filename, data, backgroundclose=backgroundclose, **kwargs
             )
             if b'x' in flags:
                 self.wvfs.setflags(filename, False, True)
             else:
                 self.wvfs.setflags(filename, False, False)
         return len(data)
 
     def wwritedata(self, filename, data):
         return self._filter(self._decodefilterpats, filename, data)
 
     def currenttransaction(self):
         """return the current transaction or None if non exists"""
         if self._transref:
             tr = self._transref()
         else:
             tr = None
 
         if tr and tr.running():
             return tr
         return None
 
     def transaction(self, desc, report=None):
         if self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'all-warnings') or self.ui.configbool(
             b'devel', b'check-locks'
         ):
             if self._currentlock(self._lockref) is None:
                 raise error.ProgrammingError(b'transaction requires locking')
         tr = self.currenttransaction()
         if tr is not None:
             return tr.nest(name=desc)
 
         # abort here if the journal already exists
         if self.svfs.exists(b"journal"):
             raise error.RepoError(
                 _(b"abandoned transaction found"),
                 hint=_(b"run 'hg recover' to clean up transaction"),
             )
 
         idbase = b"%.40f#%f" % (random.random(), time.time())
         ha = hex(hashutil.sha1(idbase).digest())
         txnid = b'TXN:' + ha
         self.hook(b'pretxnopen', throw=True, txnname=desc, txnid=txnid)
 
         self._writejournal(desc)
         renames = [(vfs, x, undoname(x)) for vfs, x in self._journalfiles()]
         if report:
             rp = report
         else:
             rp = self.ui.warn
         vfsmap = {b'plain': self.vfs, b'store': self.svfs}  # root of .hg/
         # we must avoid cyclic reference between repo and transaction.
         reporef = weakref.ref(self)
         # Code to track tag movement
         #
         # Since tags are all handled as file content, it is actually quite hard
         # to track these movement from a code perspective. So we fallback to a
         # tracking at the repository level. One could envision to track changes
         # to the '.hgtags' file through changegroup apply but that fails to
         # cope with case where transaction expose new heads without changegroup
         # being involved (eg: phase movement).
         #
         # For now, We gate the feature behind a flag since this likely comes
         # with performance impacts. The current code run more often than needed
         # and do not use caches as much as it could.  The current focus is on
         # the behavior of the feature so we disable it by default. The flag
         # will be removed when we are happy with the performance impact.
         #
         # Once this feature is no longer experimental move the following
         # documentation to the appropriate help section:
         #
         # The ``HG_TAG_MOVED`` variable will be set if the transaction touched
         # tags (new or changed or deleted tags). In addition the details of
         # these changes are made available in a file at:
         #     ``REPOROOT/.hg/changes/tags.changes``.
         # Make sure you check for HG_TAG_MOVED before reading that file as it
         # might exist from a previous transaction even if no tag were touched
         # in this one. Changes are recorded in a line base format::
         #
         #     <action> <hex-node> <tag-name>\n
         #
         # Actions are defined as follow:
         #   "-R": tag is removed,
         #   "+A": tag is added,
         #   "-M": tag is moved (old value),
         #   "+M": tag is moved (new value),
         tracktags = lambda x: None
         # experimental config: experimental.hook-track-tags
         shouldtracktags = self.ui.configbool(
             b'experimental', b'hook-track-tags'
         )
         if desc != b'strip' and shouldtracktags:
             oldheads = self.changelog.headrevs()
 
             def tracktags(tr2):
                 repo = reporef()
                 oldfnodes = tagsmod.fnoderevs(repo.ui, repo, oldheads)
                 newheads = repo.changelog.headrevs()
                 newfnodes = tagsmod.fnoderevs(repo.ui, repo, newheads)
                 # notes: we compare lists here.
                 # As we do it only once buiding set would not be cheaper
                 changes = tagsmod.difftags(repo.ui, repo, oldfnodes, newfnodes)
                 if changes:
                     tr2.hookargs[b'tag_moved'] = b'1'
                     with repo.vfs(
                         b'changes/tags.changes', b'w', atomictemp=True
                     ) as changesfile:
                         # note: we do not register the file to the transaction
                         # because we needs it to still exist on the transaction
                         # is close (for txnclose hooks)
                         tagsmod.writediff(changesfile, changes)
 
         def validate(tr2):
             """will run pre-closing hooks"""
             # XXX the transaction API is a bit lacking here so we take a hacky
             # path for now
             #
             # We cannot add this as a "pending" hooks since the 'tr.hookargs'
             # dict is copied before these run. In addition we needs the data
             # available to in memory hooks too.
             #
             # Moreover, we also need to make sure this runs before txnclose
             # hooks and there is no "pending" mechanism that would execute
             # logic only if hooks are about to run.
             #
             # Fixing this limitation of the transaction is also needed to track
             # other families of changes (bookmarks, phases, obsolescence).
             #
             # This will have to be fixed before we remove the experimental
             # gating.
             tracktags(tr2)
             repo = reporef()
 
             singleheadopt = (b'experimental', b'single-head-per-branch')
             singlehead = repo.ui.configbool(*singleheadopt)
             if singlehead:
                 singleheadsub = repo.ui.configsuboptions(*singleheadopt)[1]
                 accountclosed = singleheadsub.get(
                     b"account-closed-heads", False
                 )
                 scmutil.enforcesinglehead(repo, tr2, desc, accountclosed)
             if hook.hashook(repo.ui, b'pretxnclose-bookmark'):
                 for name, (old, new) in sorted(
                     tr.changes[b'bookmarks'].items()
                 ):
                     args = tr.hookargs.copy()
                     args.update(bookmarks.preparehookargs(name, old, new))
                     repo.hook(
                         b'pretxnclose-bookmark',
                         throw=True,
                         **pycompat.strkwargs(args)
                     )
             if hook.hashook(repo.ui, b'pretxnclose-phase'):
                 cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog
                 for rev, (old, new) in tr.changes[b'phases'].items():
                     args = tr.hookargs.copy()
                     node = hex(cl.node(rev))
                     args.update(phases.preparehookargs(node, old, new))
                     repo.hook(
                         b'pretxnclose-phase',
                         throw=True,
                         **pycompat.strkwargs(args)
                     )
 
             repo.hook(
                 b'pretxnclose', throw=True, **pycompat.strkwargs(tr.hookargs)
             )
 
         def releasefn(tr, success):
             repo = reporef()
             if repo is None:
                 # If the repo has been GC'd (and this release function is being
                 # called from transaction.__del__), there's not much we can do,
                 # so just leave the unfinished transaction there and let the
                 # user run `hg recover`.
                 return
             if success:
                 # this should be explicitly invoked here, because
                 # in-memory changes aren't written out at closing
                 # transaction, if tr.addfilegenerator (via
                 # dirstate.write or so) isn't invoked while
                 # transaction running
                 repo.dirstate.write(None)
             else:
                 # discard all changes (including ones already written
                 # out) in this transaction
                 narrowspec.restorebackup(self, b'journal.narrowspec')
                 narrowspec.restorewcbackup(self, b'journal.narrowspec.dirstate')
                 repo.dirstate.restorebackup(None, b'journal.dirstate')
 
                 repo.invalidate(clearfilecache=True)
 
         tr = transaction.transaction(
             rp,
             self.svfs,
             vfsmap,
             b"journal",
             b"undo",
             aftertrans(renames),
             self.store.createmode,
             validator=validate,
             releasefn=releasefn,
             checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles,
             name=desc,
         )
         tr.changes[b'origrepolen'] = len(self)
         tr.changes[b'obsmarkers'] = set()
         tr.changes[b'phases'] = {}
         tr.changes[b'bookmarks'] = {}
 
         tr.hookargs[b'txnid'] = txnid
         tr.hookargs[b'txnname'] = desc
         # note: writing the fncache only during finalize mean that the file is
         # outdated when running hooks. As fncache is used for streaming clone,
         # this is not expected to break anything that happen during the hooks.
         tr.addfinalize(b'flush-fncache', self.store.write)
 
         def txnclosehook(tr2):
             """To be run if transaction is successful, will schedule a hook run
             """
             # Don't reference tr2 in hook() so we don't hold a reference.
             # This reduces memory consumption when there are multiple
             # transactions per lock. This can likely go away if issue5045
             # fixes the function accumulation.
             hookargs = tr2.hookargs
 
             def hookfunc(unused_success):
                 repo = reporef()
                 if hook.hashook(repo.ui, b'txnclose-bookmark'):
                     bmchanges = sorted(tr.changes[b'bookmarks'].items())
                     for name, (old, new) in bmchanges:
                         args = tr.hookargs.copy()
                         args.update(bookmarks.preparehookargs(name, old, new))
                         repo.hook(
                             b'txnclose-bookmark',
                             throw=False,
                             **pycompat.strkwargs(args)
                         )
 
                 if hook.hashook(repo.ui, b'txnclose-phase'):
                     cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog
                     phasemv = sorted(tr.changes[b'phases'].items())
                     for rev, (old, new) in phasemv:
                         args = tr.hookargs.copy()
                         node = hex(cl.node(rev))
                         args.update(phases.preparehookargs(node, old, new))
                         repo.hook(
                             b'txnclose-phase',
                             throw=False,
                             **pycompat.strkwargs(args)
                         )
 
                 repo.hook(
                     b'txnclose', throw=False, **pycompat.strkwargs(hookargs)
                 )
 
             reporef()._afterlock(hookfunc)
 
         tr.addfinalize(b'txnclose-hook', txnclosehook)
         # Include a leading "-" to make it happen before the transaction summary
         # reports registered via scmutil.registersummarycallback() whose names
         # are 00-txnreport etc. That way, the caches will be warm when the
         # callbacks run.
         tr.addpostclose(b'-warm-cache', self._buildcacheupdater(tr))
 
         def txnaborthook(tr2):
             """To be run if transaction is aborted
             """
             reporef().hook(
                 b'txnabort', throw=False, **pycompat.strkwargs(tr2.hookargs)
             )
 
         tr.addabort(b'txnabort-hook', txnaborthook)
         # avoid eager cache invalidation. in-memory data should be identical
         # to stored data if transaction has no error.
         tr.addpostclose(b'refresh-filecachestats', self._refreshfilecachestats)
         self._transref = weakref.ref(tr)
         scmutil.registersummarycallback(self, tr, desc)
         return tr
 
     def _journalfiles(self):
         return (
             (self.svfs, b'journal'),
             (self.svfs, b'journal.narrowspec'),
             (self.vfs, b'journal.narrowspec.dirstate'),
             (self.vfs, b'journal.dirstate'),
             (self.vfs, b'journal.branch'),
             (self.vfs, b'journal.desc'),
             (bookmarks.bookmarksvfs(self), b'journal.bookmarks'),
             (self.svfs, b'journal.phaseroots'),
         )
 
     def undofiles(self):
         return [(vfs, undoname(x)) for vfs, x in self._journalfiles()]
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def _writejournal(self, desc):
         self.dirstate.savebackup(None, b'journal.dirstate')
         narrowspec.savewcbackup(self, b'journal.narrowspec.dirstate')
         narrowspec.savebackup(self, b'journal.narrowspec')
         self.vfs.write(
             b"journal.branch", encoding.fromlocal(self.dirstate.branch())
         )
         self.vfs.write(b"journal.desc", b"%d\n%s\n" % (len(self), desc))
         bookmarksvfs = bookmarks.bookmarksvfs(self)
         bookmarksvfs.write(
             b"journal.bookmarks", bookmarksvfs.tryread(b"bookmarks")
         )
         self.svfs.write(b"journal.phaseroots", self.svfs.tryread(b"phaseroots"))
 
     def recover(self):
         with self.lock():
             if self.svfs.exists(b"journal"):
                 self.ui.status(_(b"rolling back interrupted transaction\n"))
                 vfsmap = {
                     b'': self.svfs,
                     b'plain': self.vfs,
                 }
                 transaction.rollback(
                     self.svfs,
                     vfsmap,
                     b"journal",
                     self.ui.warn,
                     checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles,
                 )
                 self.invalidate()
                 return True
             else:
                 self.ui.warn(_(b"no interrupted transaction available\n"))
                 return False
 
     def rollback(self, dryrun=False, force=False):
         wlock = lock = dsguard = None
         try:
             wlock = self.wlock()
             lock = self.lock()
             if self.svfs.exists(b"undo"):
                 dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(self, b'rollback')
 
                 return self._rollback(dryrun, force, dsguard)
             else:
                 self.ui.warn(_(b"no rollback information available\n"))
                 return 1
         finally:
             release(dsguard, lock, wlock)
 
     @unfilteredmethod  # Until we get smarter cache management
     def _rollback(self, dryrun, force, dsguard):
         ui = self.ui
         try:
             args = self.vfs.read(b'undo.desc').splitlines()
             (oldlen, desc, detail) = (int(args[0]), args[1], None)
             if len(args) >= 3:
                 detail = args[2]
             oldtip = oldlen - 1
 
             if detail and ui.verbose:
                 msg = _(
                     b'repository tip rolled back to revision %d'
                     b' (undo %s: %s)\n'
                 ) % (oldtip, desc, detail)
             else:
                 msg = _(
                     b'repository tip rolled back to revision %d (undo %s)\n'
                 ) % (oldtip, desc)
         except IOError:
             msg = _(b'rolling back unknown transaction\n')
             desc = None
 
         if not force and self[b'.'] != self[b'tip'] and desc == b'commit':
             raise error.Abort(
                 _(
                     b'rollback of last commit while not checked out '
                     b'may lose data'
                 ),
                 hint=_(b'use -f to force'),
             )
 
         ui.status(msg)
         if dryrun:
             return 0
 
         parents = self.dirstate.parents()
         self.destroying()
         vfsmap = {b'plain': self.vfs, b'': self.svfs}
         transaction.rollback(
             self.svfs, vfsmap, b'undo', ui.warn, checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles
         )
         bookmarksvfs = bookmarks.bookmarksvfs(self)
         if bookmarksvfs.exists(b'undo.bookmarks'):
             bookmarksvfs.rename(
                 b'undo.bookmarks', b'bookmarks', checkambig=True
             )
         if self.svfs.exists(b'undo.phaseroots'):
             self.svfs.rename(b'undo.phaseroots', b'phaseroots', checkambig=True)
         self.invalidate()
 
         has_node = self.changelog.index.has_node
         parentgone = any(not has_node(p) for p in parents)
         if parentgone:
             # prevent dirstateguard from overwriting already restored one
             dsguard.close()
 
             narrowspec.restorebackup(self, b'undo.narrowspec')
             narrowspec.restorewcbackup(self, b'undo.narrowspec.dirstate')
             self.dirstate.restorebackup(None, b'undo.dirstate')
             try:
                 branch = self.vfs.read(b'undo.branch')
                 self.dirstate.setbranch(encoding.tolocal(branch))
             except IOError:
                 ui.warn(
                     _(
                         b'named branch could not be reset: '
                         b'current branch is still \'%s\'\n'
                     )
                     % self.dirstate.branch()
                 )
 
             parents = tuple([p.rev() for p in self[None].parents()])
             if len(parents) > 1:
                 ui.status(
                     _(
                         b'working directory now based on '
                         b'revisions %d and %d\n'
                     )
                     % parents
                 )
             else:
                 ui.status(
                     _(b'working directory now based on revision %d\n') % parents
                 )
             mergemod.mergestate.clean(self, self[b'.'].node())
 
         # TODO: if we know which new heads may result from this rollback, pass
         # them to destroy(), which will prevent the branchhead cache from being
         # invalidated.
         self.destroyed()
         return 0
 
     def _buildcacheupdater(self, newtransaction):
         """called during transaction to build the callback updating cache
 
         Lives on the repository to help extension who might want to augment
         this logic. For this purpose, the created transaction is passed to the
         method.
         """
         # we must avoid cyclic reference between repo and transaction.
         reporef = weakref.ref(self)
 
         def updater(tr):
             repo = reporef()
             repo.updatecaches(tr)
 
         return updater
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def updatecaches(self, tr=None, full=False):
         """warm appropriate caches
 
         If this function is called after a transaction closed. The transaction
         will be available in the 'tr' argument. This can be used to selectively
         update caches relevant to the changes in that transaction.
 
         If 'full' is set, make sure all caches the function knows about have
         up-to-date data. Even the ones usually loaded more lazily.
         """
         if tr is not None and tr.hookargs.get(b'source') == b'strip':
             # During strip, many caches are invalid but
             # later call to `destroyed` will refresh them.
             return
 
         if tr is None or tr.changes[b'origrepolen'] < len(self):
             # accessing the 'ser ved' branchmap should refresh all the others,
             self.ui.debug(b'updating the branch cache\n')
             self.filtered(b'served').branchmap()
             self.filtered(b'served.hidden').branchmap()
 
         if full:
             unfi = self.unfiltered()
             rbc = unfi.revbranchcache()
             for r in unfi.changelog:
                 rbc.branchinfo(r)
             rbc.write()
 
             # ensure the working copy parents are in the manifestfulltextcache
             for ctx in self[b'.'].parents():
                 ctx.manifest()  # accessing the manifest is enough
 
             # accessing fnode cache warms the cache
             tagsmod.fnoderevs(self.ui, unfi, unfi.changelog.revs())
             # accessing tags warm the cache
             self.tags()
             self.filtered(b'served').tags()
 
             # The `full` arg is documented as updating even the lazily-loaded
             # caches immediately, so we're forcing a write to cause these caches
             # to be warmed up even if they haven't explicitly been requested
             # yet (if they've never been used by hg, they won't ever have been
             # written, even if they're a subset of another kind of cache that
             # *has* been used).
             for filt in repoview.filtertable.keys():
                 filtered = self.filtered(filt)
                 filtered.branchmap().write(filtered)
 
     def invalidatecaches(self):
 
         if '_tagscache' in vars(self):
             # can't use delattr on proxy
             del self.__dict__['_tagscache']
 
         self._branchcaches.clear()
         self.invalidatevolatilesets()
         self._sparsesignaturecache.clear()
 
     def invalidatevolatilesets(self):
         self.filteredrevcache.clear()
         obsolete.clearobscaches(self)
         self._quick_access_changeid_invalidate()
 
     def invalidatedirstate(self):
         '''Invalidates the dirstate, causing the next call to dirstate
         to check if it was modified since the last time it was read,
         rereading it if it has.
 
         This is different to dirstate.invalidate() that it doesn't always
         rereads the dirstate. Use dirstate.invalidate() if you want to
         explicitly read the dirstate again (i.e. restoring it to a previous
         known good state).'''
         if hasunfilteredcache(self, 'dirstate'):
             for k in self.dirstate._filecache:
                 try:
                     delattr(self.dirstate, k)
                 except AttributeError:
                     pass
             delattr(self.unfiltered(), 'dirstate')
 
     def invalidate(self, clearfilecache=False):
         '''Invalidates both store and non-store parts other than dirstate
 
         If a transaction is running, invalidation of store is omitted,
         because discarding in-memory changes might cause inconsistency
         (e.g. incomplete fncache causes unintentional failure, but
         redundant one doesn't).
         '''
         unfiltered = self.unfiltered()  # all file caches are stored unfiltered
         for k in list(self._filecache.keys()):
             # dirstate is invalidated separately in invalidatedirstate()
             if k == b'dirstate':
                 continue
             if (
                 k == b'changelog'
                 and self.currenttransaction()
                 and self.changelog._delayed
             ):
                 # The changelog object may store unwritten revisions. We don't
                 # want to lose them.
                 # TODO: Solve the problem instead of working around it.
                 continue
 
             if clearfilecache:
                 del self._filecache[k]
             try:
                 delattr(unfiltered, k)
             except AttributeError:
                 pass
         self.invalidatecaches()
         if not self.currenttransaction():
             # TODO: Changing contents of store outside transaction
             # causes inconsistency. We should make in-memory store
             # changes detectable, and abort if changed.
             self.store.invalidatecaches()
 
     def invalidateall(self):
         '''Fully invalidates both store and non-store parts, causing the
         subsequent operation to reread any outside changes.'''
         # extension should hook this to invalidate its caches
         self.invalidate()
         self.invalidatedirstate()
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def _refreshfilecachestats(self, tr):
         """Reload stats of cached files so that they are flagged as valid"""
         for k, ce in self._filecache.items():
             k = pycompat.sysstr(k)
             if k == 'dirstate' or k not in self.__dict__:
                 continue
             ce.refresh()
 
     def _lock(
         self,
         vfs,
         lockname,
         wait,
         releasefn,
         acquirefn,
         desc,
         inheritchecker=None,
         parentenvvar=None,
     ):
         parentlock = None
         # the contents of parentenvvar are used by the underlying lock to
         # determine whether it can be inherited
         if parentenvvar is not None:
             parentlock = encoding.environ.get(parentenvvar)
 
         timeout = 0
         warntimeout = 0
         if wait:
             timeout = self.ui.configint(b"ui", b"timeout")
             warntimeout = self.ui.configint(b"ui", b"timeout.warn")
         # internal config: ui.signal-safe-lock
         signalsafe = self.ui.configbool(b'ui', b'signal-safe-lock')
 
         l = lockmod.trylock(
             self.ui,
             vfs,
             lockname,
             timeout,
             warntimeout,
             releasefn=releasefn,
             acquirefn=acquirefn,
             desc=desc,
             inheritchecker=inheritchecker,
             parentlock=parentlock,
             signalsafe=signalsafe,
         )
         return l
 
     def _afterlock(self, callback):
         """add a callback to be run when the repository is fully unlocked
 
         The callback will be executed when the outermost lock is released
         (with wlock being higher level than 'lock')."""
         for ref in (self._wlockref, self._lockref):
             l = ref and ref()
             if l and l.held:
                 l.postrelease.append(callback)
                 break
         else:  # no lock have been found.
             callback(True)
 
     def lock(self, wait=True):
         '''Lock the repository store (.hg/store) and return a weak reference
         to the lock. Use this before modifying the store (e.g. committing or
         stripping). If you are opening a transaction, get a lock as well.)
 
         If both 'lock' and 'wlock' must be acquired, ensure you always acquires
         'wlock' first to avoid a dead-lock hazard.'''
         l = self._currentlock(self._lockref)
         if l is not None:
             l.lock()
             return l
 
         l = self._lock(
             vfs=self.svfs,
             lockname=b"lock",
             wait=wait,
             releasefn=None,
             acquirefn=self.invalidate,
             desc=_(b'repository %s') % self.origroot,
         )
         self._lockref = weakref.ref(l)
         return l
 
     def _wlockchecktransaction(self):
         if self.currenttransaction() is not None:
             raise error.LockInheritanceContractViolation(
                 b'wlock cannot be inherited in the middle of a transaction'
             )
 
     def wlock(self, wait=True):
         '''Lock the non-store parts of the repository (everything under
         .hg except .hg/store) and return a weak reference to the lock.
 
         Use this before modifying files in .hg.
 
         If both 'lock' and 'wlock' must be acquired, ensure you always acquires
         'wlock' first to avoid a dead-lock hazard.'''
         l = self._wlockref and self._wlockref()
         if l is not None and l.held:
             l.lock()
             return l
 
         # We do not need to check for non-waiting lock acquisition.  Such
         # acquisition would not cause dead-lock as they would just fail.
         if wait and (
             self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'all-warnings')
             or self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'check-locks')
         ):
             if self._currentlock(self._lockref) is not None:
                 self.ui.develwarn(b'"wlock" acquired after "lock"')
 
         def unlock():
             if self.dirstate.pendingparentchange():
                 self.dirstate.invalidate()
             else:
                 self.dirstate.write(None)
 
             self._filecache[b'dirstate'].refresh()
 
         l = self._lock(
             self.vfs,
             b"wlock",
             wait,
             unlock,
             self.invalidatedirstate,
             _(b'working directory of %s') % self.origroot,
             inheritchecker=self._wlockchecktransaction,
             parentenvvar=b'HG_WLOCK_LOCKER',
         )
         self._wlockref = weakref.ref(l)
         return l
 
     def _currentlock(self, lockref):
         """Returns the lock if it's held, or None if it's not."""
         if lockref is None:
             return None
         l = lockref()
         if l is None or not l.held:
             return None
         return l
 
     def currentwlock(self):
         """Returns the wlock if it's held, or None if it's not."""
         return self._currentlock(self._wlockref)
 
     def _filecommit(
         self,
         fctx,
         manifest1,
         manifest2,
         linkrev,
         tr,
         changelist,
         includecopymeta,
     ):
         """
         commit an individual file as part of a larger transaction
         """
 
         fname = fctx.path()
         fparent1 = manifest1.get(fname, nullid)
         fparent2 = manifest2.get(fname, nullid)
         if isinstance(fctx, context.filectx):
             node = fctx.filenode()
             if node in [fparent1, fparent2]:
                 self.ui.debug(b'reusing %s filelog entry\n' % fname)
                 if (
                     fparent1 != nullid
                     and manifest1.flags(fname) != fctx.flags()
                 ) or (
                     fparent2 != nullid
                     and manifest2.flags(fname) != fctx.flags()
                 ):
                     changelist.append(fname)
                 return node
 
         flog = self.file(fname)
         meta = {}
         cfname = fctx.copysource()
         if cfname and cfname != fname:
             # Mark the new revision of this file as a copy of another
             # file.  This copy data will effectively act as a parent
             # of this new revision.  If this is a merge, the first
             # parent will be the nullid (meaning "look up the copy data")
             # and the second one will be the other parent.  For example:
             #
             # 0 --- 1 --- 3   rev1 changes file foo
             #   \       /     rev2 renames foo to bar and changes it
             #    \- 2 -/      rev3 should have bar with all changes and
             #                      should record that bar descends from
             #                      bar in rev2 and foo in rev1
             #
             # this allows this merge to succeed:
             #
             # 0 --- 1 --- 3   rev4 reverts the content change from rev2
             #   \       /     merging rev3 and rev4 should use bar@rev2
             #    \- 2 --- 4        as the merge base
             #
 
             cnode = manifest1.get(cfname)
             newfparent = fparent2
 
             if manifest2:  # branch merge
                 if fparent2 == nullid or cnode is None:  # copied on remote side
                     if cfname in manifest2:
                         cnode = manifest2[cfname]
                         newfparent = fparent1
 
             # Here, we used to search backwards through history to try to find
             # where the file copy came from if the source of a copy was not in
             # the parent directory. However, this doesn't actually make sense to
             # do (what does a copy from something not in your working copy even
             # mean?) and it causes bugs (eg, issue4476). Instead, we will warn
             # the user that copy information was dropped, so if they didn't
             # expect this outcome it can be fixed, but this is the correct
             # behavior in this circumstance.
 
             if cnode:
                 self.ui.debug(
                     b" %s: copy %s:%s\n" % (fname, cfname, hex(cnode))
                 )
                 if includecopymeta:
                     meta[b"copy"] = cfname
                     meta[b"copyrev"] = hex(cnode)
                 fparent1, fparent2 = nullid, newfparent
             else:
                 self.ui.warn(
                     _(
                         b"warning: can't find ancestor for '%s' "
                         b"copied from '%s'!\n"
                     )
                     % (fname, cfname)
                 )
 
         elif fparent1 == nullid:
             fparent1, fparent2 = fparent2, nullid
         elif fparent2 != nullid:
             # is one parent an ancestor of the other?
             fparentancestors = flog.commonancestorsheads(fparent1, fparent2)
             if fparent1 in fparentancestors:
                 fparent1, fparent2 = fparent2, nullid
             elif fparent2 in fparentancestors:
                 fparent2 = nullid
 
         # is the file changed?
         text = fctx.data()
         if fparent2 != nullid or flog.cmp(fparent1, text) or meta:
             changelist.append(fname)
             return flog.add(text, meta, tr, linkrev, fparent1, fparent2)
         # are just the flags changed during merge?
         elif fname in manifest1 and manifest1.flags(fname) != fctx.flags():
             changelist.append(fname)
 
         return fparent1
 
     def checkcommitpatterns(self, wctx, match, status, fail):
         """check for commit arguments that aren't committable"""
         if match.isexact() or match.prefix():
             matched = set(status.modified + status.added + status.removed)
 
             for f in match.files():
                 f = self.dirstate.normalize(f)
                 if f == b'.' or f in matched or f in wctx.substate:
                     continue
                 if f in status.deleted:
                     fail(f, _(b'file not found!'))
                 # Is it a directory that exists or used to exist?
                 if self.wvfs.isdir(f) or wctx.p1().hasdir(f):
                     d = f + b'/'
                     for mf in matched:
                         if mf.startswith(d):
                             break
                     else:
                         fail(f, _(b"no match under directory!"))
                 elif f not in self.dirstate:
                     fail(f, _(b"file not tracked!"))
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def commit(
         self,
         text=b"",
         user=None,
         date=None,
         match=None,
         force=False,
         editor=None,
         extra=None,
     ):
         """Add a new revision to current repository.
 
         Revision information is gathered from the working directory,
         match can be used to filter the committed files. If editor is
         supplied, it is called to get a commit message.
         """
         if extra is None:
             extra = {}
 
         def fail(f, msg):
             raise error.Abort(b'%s: %s' % (f, msg))
 
         if not match:
             match = matchmod.always()
 
         if not force:
             match.bad = fail
 
         # lock() for recent changelog (see issue4368)
         with self.wlock(), self.lock():
             wctx = self[None]
             merge = len(wctx.parents()) > 1
 
             if not force and merge and not match.always():
                 raise error.Abort(
                     _(
                         b'cannot partially commit a merge '
                         b'(do not specify files or patterns)'
                     )
                 )
 
             status = self.status(match=match, clean=force)
             if force:
                 status.modified.extend(
                     status.clean
                 )  # mq may commit clean files
 
             # check subrepos
             subs, commitsubs, newstate = subrepoutil.precommit(
                 self.ui, wctx, status, match, force=force
             )
 
             # make sure all explicit patterns are matched
             if not force:
                 self.checkcommitpatterns(wctx, match, status, fail)
 
             cctx = context.workingcommitctx(
                 self, status, text, user, date, extra
             )
 
             # internal config: ui.allowemptycommit
             allowemptycommit = (
                 wctx.branch() != wctx.p1().branch()
                 or extra.get(b'close')
                 or merge
                 or cctx.files()
                 or self.ui.configbool(b'ui', b'allowemptycommit')
             )
             if not allowemptycommit:
                 return None
 
             if merge and cctx.deleted():
                 raise error.Abort(_(b"cannot commit merge with missing files"))
 
             ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(self)
             mergeutil.checkunresolved(ms)
 
             if editor:
                 cctx._text = editor(self, cctx, subs)
             edited = text != cctx._text
 
             # Save commit message in case this transaction gets rolled back
             # (e.g. by a pretxncommit hook).  Leave the content alone on
             # the assumption that the user will use the same editor again.
             msgfn = self.savecommitmessage(cctx._text)
 
             # commit subs and write new state
             if subs:
                 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(self)
                 for s in sorted(commitsubs):
                     sub = wctx.sub(s)
                     self.ui.status(
                         _(b'committing subrepository %s\n')
                         % uipathfn(subrepoutil.subrelpath(sub))
                     )
                     sr = sub.commit(cctx._text, user, date)
                     newstate[s] = (newstate[s][0], sr)
                 subrepoutil.writestate(self, newstate)
 
             p1, p2 = self.dirstate.parents()
             hookp1, hookp2 = hex(p1), (p2 != nullid and hex(p2) or b'')
             try:
                 self.hook(
                     b"precommit", throw=True, parent1=hookp1, parent2=hookp2
                 )
                 with self.transaction(b'commit'):
                     ret = self.commitctx(cctx, True)
                     # update bookmarks, dirstate and mergestate
                     bookmarks.update(self, [p1, p2], ret)
                     cctx.markcommitted(ret)
                     ms.reset()
             except:  # re-raises
                 if edited:
                     self.ui.write(
                         _(b'note: commit message saved in %s\n') % msgfn
                     )
                 raise
 
         def commithook(unused_success):
             # hack for command that use a temporary commit (eg: histedit)
             # temporary commit got stripped before hook release
             if self.changelog.hasnode(ret):
                 self.hook(
                     b"commit", node=hex(ret), parent1=hookp1, parent2=hookp2
                 )
 
         self._afterlock(commithook)
         return ret
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def commitctx(self, ctx, error=False, origctx=None):
         """Add a new revision to current repository.
         Revision information is passed via the context argument.
 
         ctx.files() should list all files involved in this commit, i.e.
         modified/added/removed files. On merge, it may be wider than the
         ctx.files() to be committed, since any file nodes derived directly
         from p1 or p2 are excluded from the committed ctx.files().
 
         origctx is for convert to work around the problem that bug
         fixes to the files list in changesets change hashes. For
         convert to be the identity, it can pass an origctx and this
         function will use the same files list when it makes sense to
         do so.
         """
 
         p1, p2 = ctx.p1(), ctx.p2()
         user = ctx.user()
 
         if self.filecopiesmode == b'changeset-sidedata':
             writechangesetcopy = True
             writefilecopymeta = True
             writecopiesto = None
         else:
             writecopiesto = self.ui.config(b'experimental', b'copies.write-to')
             writefilecopymeta = writecopiesto != b'changeset-only'
             writechangesetcopy = writecopiesto in (
                 b'changeset-only',
                 b'compatibility',
             )
         p1copies, p2copies = None, None
         if writechangesetcopy:
             p1copies = ctx.p1copies()
             p2copies = ctx.p2copies()
         filesadded, filesremoved = None, None
         with self.lock(), self.transaction(b"commit") as tr:
             trp = weakref.proxy(tr)
 
             if ctx.manifestnode():
                 # reuse an existing manifest revision
                 self.ui.debug(b'reusing known manifest\n')
                 mn = ctx.manifestnode()
                 files = ctx.files()
                 if writechangesetcopy:
                     filesadded = ctx.filesadded()
                     filesremoved = ctx.filesremoved()
             elif ctx.files():
                 m1ctx = p1.manifestctx()
                 m2ctx = p2.manifestctx()
                 mctx = m1ctx.copy()
 
                 m = mctx.read()
                 m1 = m1ctx.read()
                 m2 = m2ctx.read()
 
                 # check in files
                 added = []
                 changed = []
                 removed = list(ctx.removed())
                 linkrev = len(self)
                 self.ui.note(_(b"committing files:\n"))
                 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(self)
                 for f in sorted(ctx.modified() + ctx.added()):
                     self.ui.note(uipathfn(f) + b"\n")
                     try:
                         fctx = ctx[f]
                         if fctx is None:
                             removed.append(f)
                         else:
                             added.append(f)
                             m[f] = self._filecommit(
                                 fctx,
                                 m1,
                                 m2,
                                 linkrev,
                                 trp,
                                 changed,
                                 writefilecopymeta,
                             )
                             m.setflag(f, fctx.flags())
                     except OSError:
                         self.ui.warn(
                             _(b"trouble committing %s!\n") % uipathfn(f)
                         )
                         raise
                     except IOError as inst:
                         errcode = getattr(inst, 'errno', errno.ENOENT)
                         if error or errcode and errcode != errno.ENOENT:
                             self.ui.warn(
                                 _(b"trouble committing %s!\n") % uipathfn(f)
                             )
                         raise
 
                 # update manifest
                 removed = [f for f in removed if f in m1 or f in m2]
                 drop = sorted([f for f in removed if f in m])
                 for f in drop:
                     del m[f]
                 if p2.rev() != nullrev:
 
                     @util.cachefunc
                     def mas():
                         p1n = p1.node()
                         p2n = p2.node()
                         cahs = self.changelog.commonancestorsheads(p1n, p2n)
                         if not cahs:
                             cahs = [nullrev]
                         return [self[r].manifest() for r in cahs]
 
                     def deletionfromparent(f):
                         # When a file is removed relative to p1 in a merge, this
                         # function determines whether the absence is due to a
                         # deletion from a parent, or whether the merge commit
                         # itself deletes the file. We decide this by doing a
                         # simplified three way merge of the manifest entry for
                         # the file. There are two ways we decide the merge
                         # itself didn't delete a file:
                         # - neither parent (nor the merge) contain the file
                         # - exactly one parent contains the file, and that
                         #   parent has the same filelog entry as the merge
                         #   ancestor (or all of them if there two). In other
                         #   words, that parent left the file unchanged while the
                         #   other one deleted it.
                         # One way to think about this is that deleting a file is
                         # similar to emptying it, so the list of changed files
                         # should be similar either way. The computation
                         # described above is not done directly in _filecommit
                         # when creating the list of changed files, however
                         # it does something very similar by comparing filelog
                         # nodes.
                         if f in m1:
                             return f not in m2 and all(
                                 f in ma and ma.find(f) == m1.find(f)
                                 for ma in mas()
                             )
                         elif f in m2:
                             return all(
                                 f in ma and ma.find(f) == m2.find(f)
                                 for ma in mas()
                             )
                         else:
                             return True
 
                     removed = [f for f in removed if not deletionfromparent(f)]
 
                 files = changed + removed
                 md = None
                 if not files:
                     # if no "files" actually changed in terms of the changelog,
                     # try hard to detect unmodified manifest entry so that the
                     # exact same commit can be reproduced later on convert.
                     md = m1.diff(m, scmutil.matchfiles(self, ctx.files()))
                 if not files and md:
                     self.ui.debug(
                         b'not reusing manifest (no file change in '
                         b'changelog, but manifest differs)\n'
                     )
                 if files or md:
                     self.ui.note(_(b"committing manifest\n"))
                     # we're using narrowmatch here since it's already applied at
                     # other stages (such as dirstate.walk), so we're already
                     # ignoring things outside of narrowspec in most cases. The
                     # one case where we might have files outside the narrowspec
                     # at this point is merges, and we already error out in the
                     # case where the merge has files outside of the narrowspec,
                     # so this is safe.
                     mn = mctx.write(
                         trp,
                         linkrev,
                         p1.manifestnode(),
                         p2.manifestnode(),
                         added,
                         drop,
                         match=self.narrowmatch(),
                     )
 
                     if writechangesetcopy:
                         filesadded = [
                             f for f in changed if not (f in m1 or f in m2)
                         ]
                         filesremoved = removed
                 else:
                     self.ui.debug(
                         b'reusing manifest from p1 (listed files '
                         b'actually unchanged)\n'
                     )
                     mn = p1.manifestnode()
             else:
                 self.ui.debug(b'reusing manifest from p1 (no file change)\n')
                 mn = p1.manifestnode()
                 files = []
 
             if writecopiesto == b'changeset-only':
                 # If writing only to changeset extras, use None to indicate that
                 # no entry should be written. If writing to both, write an empty
                 # entry to prevent the reader from falling back to reading
                 # filelogs.
                 p1copies = p1copies or None
                 p2copies = p2copies or None
                 filesadded = filesadded or None
                 filesremoved = filesremoved or None
 
             if origctx and origctx.manifestnode() == mn:
                 files = origctx.files()
 
             # update changelog
             self.ui.note(_(b"committing changelog\n"))
             self.changelog.delayupdate(tr)
             n = self.changelog.add(
                 mn,
                 files,
                 ctx.description(),
                 trp,
                 p1.node(),
                 p2.node(),
                 user,
                 ctx.date(),
                 ctx.extra().copy(),
                 p1copies,
                 p2copies,
                 filesadded,
                 filesremoved,
             )
             xp1, xp2 = p1.hex(), p2 and p2.hex() or b''
             self.hook(
                 b'pretxncommit',
                 throw=True,
                 node=hex(n),
                 parent1=xp1,
                 parent2=xp2,
             )
             # set the new commit is proper phase
             targetphase = subrepoutil.newcommitphase(self.ui, ctx)
             if targetphase:
                 # retract boundary do not alter parent changeset.
                 # if a parent have higher the resulting phase will
                 # be compliant anyway
                 #
                 # if minimal phase was 0 we don't need to retract anything
                 phases.registernew(self, tr, targetphase, [n])
             return n
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def destroying(self):
         '''Inform the repository that nodes are about to be destroyed.
         Intended for use by strip and rollback, so there's a common
         place for anything that has to be done before destroying history.
 
         This is mostly useful for saving state that is in memory and waiting
         to be flushed when the current lock is released. Because a call to
         destroyed is imminent, the repo will be invalidated causing those
         changes to stay in memory (waiting for the next unlock), or vanish
         completely.
         '''
         # When using the same lock to commit and strip, the phasecache is left
         # dirty after committing. Then when we strip, the repo is invalidated,
         # causing those changes to disappear.
         if '_phasecache' in vars(self):
             self._phasecache.write()
 
     @unfilteredmethod
     def destroyed(self):
         '''Inform the repository that nodes have been destroyed.
         Intended for use by strip and rollback, so there's a common
         place for anything that has to be done after destroying history.
         '''
         # When one tries to:
         # 1) destroy nodes thus calling this method (e.g. strip)
         # 2) use phasecache somewhere (e.g. commit)
         #
         # then 2) will fail because the phasecache contains nodes that were
         # removed. We can either remove phasecache from the filecache,
         # causing it to reload next time it is accessed, or simply filter
         # the removed nodes now and write the updated cache.
         self._phasecache.filterunknown(self)
         self._phasecache.write()
 
         # refresh all repository caches
         self.updatecaches()
 
         # Ensure the persistent tag cache is updated.  Doing it now
         # means that the tag cache only has to worry about destroyed
         # heads immediately after a strip/rollback.  That in turn
         # guarantees that "cachetip == currenttip" (comparing both rev
         # and node) always means no nodes have been added or destroyed.
 
         # XXX this is suboptimal when qrefresh'ing: we strip the current
         # head, refresh the tag cache, then immediately add a new head.
         # But I think doing it this way is necessary for the "instant
         # tag cache retrieval" case to work.
         self.invalidate()
 
     def status(
         self,
         node1=b'.',
         node2=None,
         match=None,
         ignored=False,
         clean=False,
         unknown=False,
         listsubrepos=False,
     ):
         '''a convenience method that calls node1.status(node2)'''
         return self[node1].status(
             node2, match, ignored, clean, unknown, listsubrepos
         )
 
     def addpostdsstatus(self, ps):
         """Add a callback to run within the wlock, at the point at which status
         fixups happen.
 
         On status completion, callback(wctx, status) will be called with the
         wlock held, unless the dirstate has changed from underneath or the wlock
         couldn't be grabbed.
 
         Callbacks should not capture and use a cached copy of the dirstate --
         it might change in the meanwhile. Instead, they should access the
         dirstate via wctx.repo().dirstate.
 
         This list is emptied out after each status run -- extensions should
         make sure it adds to this list each time dirstate.status is called.
         Extensions should also make sure they don't call this for statuses
         that don't involve the dirstate.
         """
 
         # The list is located here for uniqueness reasons -- it is actually
         # managed by the workingctx, but that isn't unique per-repo.
         self._postdsstatus.append(ps)
 
     def postdsstatus(self):
         """Used by workingctx to get the list of post-dirstate-status hooks."""
         return self._postdsstatus
 
     def clearpostdsstatus(self):
         """Used by workingctx to clear post-dirstate-status hooks."""
         del self._postdsstatus[:]
 
     def heads(self, start=None):
         if start is None:
             cl = self.changelog
             headrevs = reversed(cl.headrevs())
             return [cl.node(rev) for rev in headrevs]
 
         heads = self.changelog.heads(start)
         # sort the output in rev descending order
         return sorted(heads, key=self.changelog.rev, reverse=True)
 
     def branchheads(self, branch=None, start=None, closed=False):
         '''return a (possibly filtered) list of heads for the given branch
 
         Heads are returned in topological order, from newest to oldest.
         If branch is None, use the dirstate branch.
         If start is not None, return only heads reachable from start.
         If closed is True, return heads that are marked as closed as well.
         '''
         if branch is None:
             branch = self[None].branch()
         branches = self.branchmap()
         if not branches.hasbranch(branch):
             return []
         # the cache returns heads ordered lowest to highest
         bheads = list(reversed(branches.branchheads(branch, closed=closed)))
         if start is not None:
             # filter out the heads that cannot be reached from startrev
             fbheads = set(self.changelog.nodesbetween([start], bheads)[2])
             bheads = [h for h in bheads if h in fbheads]
         return bheads
 
     def branches(self, nodes):
         if not nodes:
             nodes = [self.changelog.tip()]
         b = []
         for n in nodes:
             t = n
             while True:
                 p = self.changelog.parents(n)
                 if p[1] != nullid or p[0] == nullid:
                     b.append((t, n, p[0], p[1]))
                     break
                 n = p[0]
         return b
 
     def between(self, pairs):
         r = []
 
         for top, bottom in pairs:
             n, l, i = top, [], 0
             f = 1
 
             while n != bottom and n != nullid:
                 p = self.changelog.parents(n)[0]
                 if i == f:
                     l.append(n)
                     f = f * 2
                 n = p
                 i += 1
 
             r.append(l)
 
         return r
 
     def checkpush(self, pushop):
         """Extensions can override this function if additional checks have
         to be performed before pushing, or call it if they override push
         command.
         """
 
     @unfilteredpropertycache
     def prepushoutgoinghooks(self):
         """Return util.hooks consists of a pushop with repo, remote, outgoing
         methods, which are called before pushing changesets.
         """
         return util.hooks()
 
     def pushkey(self, namespace, key, old, new):
         try:
             tr = self.currenttransaction()
             hookargs = {}
             if tr is not None:
                 hookargs.update(tr.hookargs)
             hookargs = pycompat.strkwargs(hookargs)
             hookargs['namespace'] = namespace
             hookargs['key'] = key
             hookargs['old'] = old
             hookargs['new'] = new
             self.hook(b'prepushkey', throw=True, **hookargs)
         except error.HookAbort as exc:
             self.ui.write_err(_(b"pushkey-abort: %s\n") % exc)
             if exc.hint:
                 self.ui.write_err(_(b"(%s)\n") % exc.hint)
             return False
         self.ui.debug(b'pushing key for "%s:%s"\n' % (namespace, key))
         ret = pushkey.push(self, namespace, key, old, new)
 
         def runhook(unused_success):
             self.hook(
                 b'pushkey',
                 namespace=namespace,
                 key=key,
                 old=old,
                 new=new,
                 ret=ret,
             )
 
         self._afterlock(runhook)
         return ret
 
     def listkeys(self, namespace):
         self.hook(b'prelistkeys', throw=True, namespace=namespace)
         self.ui.debug(b'listing keys for "%s"\n' % namespace)
         values = pushkey.list(self, namespace)
         self.hook(b'listkeys', namespace=namespace, values=values)
         return values
 
     def debugwireargs(self, one, two, three=None, four=None, five=None):
         '''used to test argument passing over the wire'''
         return b"%s %s %s %s %s" % (
             one,
             two,
             pycompat.bytestr(three),
             pycompat.bytestr(four),
             pycompat.bytestr(five),
         )
 
     def savecommitmessage(self, text):
         fp = self.vfs(b'last-message.txt', b'wb')
         try:
             fp.write(text)
         finally:
             fp.close()
         return self.pathto(fp.name[len(self.root) + 1 :])
 
 
 # used to avoid circular references so destructors work
 def aftertrans(files):
     renamefiles = [tuple(t) for t in files]
 
     def a():
         for vfs, src, dest in renamefiles:
             # if src and dest refer to a same file, vfs.rename is a no-op,
             # leaving both src and dest on disk. delete dest to make sure
             # the rename couldn't be such a no-op.
             vfs.tryunlink(dest)
             try:
                 vfs.rename(src, dest)
             except OSError:  # journal file does not yet exist
                 pass
 
     return a
 
 
 def undoname(fn):
     base, name = os.path.split(fn)
     assert name.startswith(b'journal')
     return os.path.join(base, name.replace(b'journal', b'undo', 1))
 
 
 def instance(ui, path, create, intents=None, createopts=None):
     localpath = util.urllocalpath(path)
     if create:
         createrepository(ui, localpath, createopts=createopts)
 
     return makelocalrepository(ui, localpath, intents=intents)
 
 
 def islocal(path):
     return True
 
 
 def defaultcreateopts(ui, createopts=None):
     """Populate the default creation options for a repository.
 
     A dictionary of explicitly requested creation options can be passed
     in. Missing keys will be populated.
     """
     createopts = dict(createopts or {})
 
     if b'backend' not in createopts:
         # experimental config: storage.new-repo-backend
         createopts[b'backend'] = ui.config(b'storage', b'new-repo-backend')
 
     return createopts
 
 
 def newreporequirements(ui, createopts):
     """Determine the set of requirements for a new local repository.
 
     Extensions can wrap this function to specify custom requirements for
     new repositories.
     """
     # If the repo is being created from a shared repository, we copy
     # its requirements.
     if b'sharedrepo' in createopts:
         requirements = set(createopts[b'sharedrepo'].requirements)
         if createopts.get(b'sharedrelative'):
             requirements.add(b'relshared')
         else:
             requirements.add(b'shared')
 
         return requirements
 
     if b'backend' not in createopts:
         raise error.ProgrammingError(
             b'backend key not present in createopts; '
             b'was defaultcreateopts() called?'
         )
 
     if createopts[b'backend'] != b'revlogv1':
         raise error.Abort(
             _(
                 b'unable to determine repository requirements for '
                 b'storage backend: %s'
             )
             % createopts[b'backend']
         )
 
     requirements = {b'revlogv1'}
     if ui.configbool(b'format', b'usestore'):
         requirements.add(b'store')
         if ui.configbool(b'format', b'usefncache'):
             requirements.add(b'fncache')
             if ui.configbool(b'format', b'dotencode'):
                 requirements.add(b'dotencode')
 
-    compengine = ui.config(b'format', b'revlog-compression')
-    if compengine not in util.compengines:
+    compengines = ui.configlist(b'format', b'revlog-compression')
+    for compengine in compengines:
+        if compengine in util.compengines:
+            break
+    else:
         raise error.Abort(
             _(
-                b'compression engine %s defined by '
+                b'compression engines %s defined by '
                 b'format.revlog-compression not available'
             )
-            % compengine,
+            % b', '.join(b'"%s"' % e for e in compengines),
             hint=_(
                 b'run "hg debuginstall" to list available '
                 b'compression engines'
             ),
         )
 
     # zlib is the historical default and doesn't need an explicit requirement.
-    elif compengine == b'zstd':
+    if compengine == b'zstd':
         requirements.add(b'revlog-compression-zstd')
     elif compengine != b'zlib':
         requirements.add(b'exp-compression-%s' % compengine)
 
     if scmutil.gdinitconfig(ui):
         requirements.add(b'generaldelta')
         if ui.configbool(b'format', b'sparse-revlog'):
             requirements.add(SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT)
 
     # experimental config: format.exp-use-side-data
     if ui.configbool(b'format', b'exp-use-side-data'):
         requirements.add(SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT)
     # experimental config: format.exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset
     if ui.configbool(b'format', b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset'):
         requirements.add(SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT)
         requirements.add(COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT)
     if ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'treemanifest'):
         requirements.add(b'treemanifest')
 
     revlogv2 = ui.config(b'experimental', b'revlogv2')
     if revlogv2 == b'enable-unstable-format-and-corrupt-my-data':
         requirements.remove(b'revlogv1')
         # generaldelta is implied by revlogv2.
         requirements.discard(b'generaldelta')
         requirements.add(REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT)
     # experimental config: format.internal-phase
     if ui.configbool(b'format', b'internal-phase'):
         requirements.add(b'internal-phase')
 
     if createopts.get(b'narrowfiles'):
         requirements.add(repository.NARROW_REQUIREMENT)
 
     if createopts.get(b'lfs'):
         requirements.add(b'lfs')
 
     if ui.configbool(b'format', b'bookmarks-in-store'):
         requirements.add(bookmarks.BOOKMARKS_IN_STORE_REQUIREMENT)
 
     return requirements
 
 
 def filterknowncreateopts(ui, createopts):
     """Filters a dict of repo creation options against options that are known.
 
     Receives a dict of repo creation options and returns a dict of those
     options that we don't know how to handle.
 
     This function is called as part of repository creation. If the
     returned dict contains any items, repository creation will not
     be allowed, as it means there was a request to create a repository
     with options not recognized by loaded code.
 
     Extensions can wrap this function to filter out creation options
     they know how to handle.
     """
     known = {
         b'backend',
         b'lfs',
         b'narrowfiles',
         b'sharedrepo',
         b'sharedrelative',
         b'shareditems',
         b'shallowfilestore',
     }
 
     return {k: v for k, v in createopts.items() if k not in known}
 
 
 def createrepository(ui, path, createopts=None):
     """Create a new repository in a vfs.
 
     ``path`` path to the new repo's working directory.
     ``createopts`` options for the new repository.
 
     The following keys for ``createopts`` are recognized:
 
     backend
        The storage backend to use.
     lfs
        Repository will be created with ``lfs`` requirement. The lfs extension
        will automatically be loaded when the repository is accessed.
     narrowfiles
        Set up repository to support narrow file storage.
     sharedrepo
        Repository object from which storage should be shared.
     sharedrelative
        Boolean indicating if the path to the shared repo should be
        stored as relative. By default, the pointer to the "parent" repo
        is stored as an absolute path.
     shareditems
        Set of items to share to the new repository (in addition to storage).
     shallowfilestore
        Indicates that storage for files should be shallow (not all ancestor
        revisions are known).
     """
     createopts = defaultcreateopts(ui, createopts=createopts)
 
     unknownopts = filterknowncreateopts(ui, createopts)
 
     if not isinstance(unknownopts, dict):
         raise error.ProgrammingError(
             b'filterknowncreateopts() did not return a dict'
         )
 
     if unknownopts:
         raise error.Abort(
             _(
                 b'unable to create repository because of unknown '
                 b'creation option: %s'
             )
             % b', '.join(sorted(unknownopts)),
             hint=_(b'is a required extension not loaded?'),
         )
 
     requirements = newreporequirements(ui, createopts=createopts)
 
     wdirvfs = vfsmod.vfs(path, expandpath=True, realpath=True)
 
     hgvfs = vfsmod.vfs(wdirvfs.join(b'.hg'))
     if hgvfs.exists():
         raise error.RepoError(_(b'repository %s already exists') % path)
 
     if b'sharedrepo' in createopts:
         sharedpath = createopts[b'sharedrepo'].sharedpath
 
         if createopts.get(b'sharedrelative'):
             try:
                 sharedpath = os.path.relpath(sharedpath, hgvfs.base)
             except (IOError, ValueError) as e:
                 # ValueError is raised on Windows if the drive letters differ
                 # on each path.
                 raise error.Abort(
                     _(b'cannot calculate relative path'),
                     hint=stringutil.forcebytestr(e),
                 )
 
     if not wdirvfs.exists():
         wdirvfs.makedirs()
 
     hgvfs.makedir(notindexed=True)
     if b'sharedrepo' not in createopts:
         hgvfs.mkdir(b'cache')
     hgvfs.mkdir(b'wcache')
 
     if b'store' in requirements and b'sharedrepo' not in createopts:
         hgvfs.mkdir(b'store')
 
         # We create an invalid changelog outside the store so very old
         # Mercurial versions (which didn't know about the requirements
         # file) encounter an error on reading the changelog. This
         # effectively locks out old clients and prevents them from
         # mucking with a repo in an unknown format.
         #
         # The revlog header has version 2, which won't be recognized by
         # such old clients.
         hgvfs.append(
             b'00changelog.i',
             b'\0\0\0\2 dummy changelog to prevent using the old repo '
             b'layout',
         )
 
     scmutil.writerequires(hgvfs, requirements)
 
     # Write out file telling readers where to find the shared store.
     if b'sharedrepo' in createopts:
         hgvfs.write(b'sharedpath', sharedpath)
 
     if createopts.get(b'shareditems'):
         shared = b'\n'.join(sorted(createopts[b'shareditems'])) + b'\n'
         hgvfs.write(b'shared', shared)
 
 
 def poisonrepository(repo):
     """Poison a repository instance so it can no longer be used."""
     # Perform any cleanup on the instance.
     repo.close()
 
     # Our strategy is to replace the type of the object with one that
     # has all attribute lookups result in error.
     #
     # But we have to allow the close() method because some constructors
     # of repos call close() on repo references.
     class poisonedrepository(object):
         def __getattribute__(self, item):
             if item == 'close':
                 return object.__getattribute__(self, item)
 
             raise error.ProgrammingError(
                 b'repo instances should not be used after unshare'
             )
 
         def close(self):
             pass
 
     # We may have a repoview, which intercepts __setattr__. So be sure
     # we operate at the lowest level possible.
     object.__setattr__(repo, '__class__', poisonedrepository)

mercurial/upgrade.py

@@ -1,1393 +1,1400 b''
 # upgrade.py - functions for in place upgrade of Mercurial repository
 #
 # Copyright (c) 2016-present, Gregory Szorc
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
 import stat
 
 from .i18n import _
 from .pycompat import getattr
 from . import (
     changelog,
     copies,
     error,
     filelog,
     hg,
     localrepo,
     manifest,
     pycompat,
     revlog,
     scmutil,
     util,
     vfs as vfsmod,
 )
 
 from .utils import compression
 
 # list of requirements that request a clone of all revlog if added/removed
 RECLONES_REQUIREMENTS = {
     b'generaldelta',
     localrepo.SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT,
 }
 
 
 def requiredsourcerequirements(repo):
     """Obtain requirements required to be present to upgrade a repo.
 
     An upgrade will not be allowed if the repository doesn't have the
     requirements returned by this function.
     """
     return {
         # Introduced in Mercurial 0.9.2.
         b'revlogv1',
         # Introduced in Mercurial 0.9.2.
         b'store',
     }
 
 
 def blocksourcerequirements(repo):
     """Obtain requirements that will prevent an upgrade from occurring.
 
     An upgrade cannot be performed if the source repository contains a
     requirements in the returned set.
     """
     return {
         # The upgrade code does not yet support these experimental features.
         # This is an artificial limitation.
         b'treemanifest',
         # This was a precursor to generaldelta and was never enabled by default.
         # It should (hopefully) not exist in the wild.
         b'parentdelta',
         # Upgrade should operate on the actual store, not the shared link.
         b'shared',
     }
 
 
 def supportremovedrequirements(repo):
     """Obtain requirements that can be removed during an upgrade.
 
     If an upgrade were to create a repository that dropped a requirement,
     the dropped requirement must appear in the returned set for the upgrade
     to be allowed.
     """
     supported = {
         localrepo.SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT,
         localrepo.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT,
         localrepo.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT,
     }
     for name in compression.compengines:
         engine = compression.compengines[name]
         if engine.available() and engine.revlogheader():
             supported.add(b'exp-compression-%s' % name)
             if engine.name() == b'zstd':
                 supported.add(b'revlog-compression-zstd')
     return supported
 
 
 def supporteddestrequirements(repo):
     """Obtain requirements that upgrade supports in the destination.
 
     If the result of the upgrade would create requirements not in this set,
     the upgrade is disallowed.
 
     Extensions should monkeypatch this to add their custom requirements.
     """
     supported = {
         b'dotencode',
         b'fncache',
         b'generaldelta',
         b'revlogv1',
         b'store',
         localrepo.SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT,
         localrepo.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT,
         localrepo.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT,
     }
     for name in compression.compengines:
         engine = compression.compengines[name]
         if engine.available() and engine.revlogheader():
             supported.add(b'exp-compression-%s' % name)
             if engine.name() == b'zstd':
                 supported.add(b'revlog-compression-zstd')
     return supported
 
 
 def allowednewrequirements(repo):
     """Obtain requirements that can be added to a repository during upgrade.
 
     This is used to disallow proposed requirements from being added when
     they weren't present before.
 
     We use a list of allowed requirement additions instead of a list of known
     bad additions because the whitelist approach is safer and will prevent
     future, unknown requirements from accidentally being added.
     """
     supported = {
         b'dotencode',
         b'fncache',
         b'generaldelta',
         localrepo.SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT,
         localrepo.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT,
         localrepo.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT,
     }
     for name in compression.compengines:
         engine = compression.compengines[name]
         if engine.available() and engine.revlogheader():
             supported.add(b'exp-compression-%s' % name)
             if engine.name() == b'zstd':
                 supported.add(b'revlog-compression-zstd')
     return supported
 
 
 def preservedrequirements(repo):
     return set()
 
 
 deficiency = b'deficiency'
 optimisation = b'optimization'
 
 
 class improvement(object):
     """Represents an improvement that can be made as part of an upgrade.
 
     The following attributes are defined on each instance:
 
     name
        Machine-readable string uniquely identifying this improvement. It
        will be mapped to an action later in the upgrade process.
 
     type
        Either ``deficiency`` or ``optimisation``. A deficiency is an obvious
        problem. An optimization is an action (sometimes optional) that
        can be taken to further improve the state of the repository.
 
     description
        Message intended for humans explaining the improvement in more detail,
        including the implications of it. For ``deficiency`` types, should be
        worded in the present tense. For ``optimisation`` types, should be
        worded in the future tense.
 
     upgrademessage
        Message intended for humans explaining what an upgrade addressing this
        issue will do. Should be worded in the future tense.
     """
 
     def __init__(self, name, type, description, upgrademessage):
         self.name = name
         self.type = type
         self.description = description
         self.upgrademessage = upgrademessage
 
     def __eq__(self, other):
         if not isinstance(other, improvement):
             # This is what python tell use to do
             return NotImplemented
         return self.name == other.name
 
     def __ne__(self, other):
         return not (self == other)
 
     def __hash__(self):
         return hash(self.name)
 
 
 allformatvariant = []
 
 
 def registerformatvariant(cls):
     allformatvariant.append(cls)
     return cls
 
 
 class formatvariant(improvement):
     """an improvement subclass dedicated to repository format"""
 
     type = deficiency
     ### The following attributes should be defined for each class:
 
     # machine-readable string uniquely identifying this improvement. it will be
     # mapped to an action later in the upgrade process.
     name = None
 
     # message intended for humans explaining the improvement in more detail,
     # including the implications of it ``deficiency`` types, should be worded
     # in the present tense.
     description = None
 
     # message intended for humans explaining what an upgrade addressing this
     # issue will do. should be worded in the future tense.
     upgrademessage = None
 
     # value of current Mercurial default for new repository
     default = None
 
     def __init__(self):
         raise NotImplementedError()
 
     @staticmethod
     def fromrepo(repo):
         """current value of the variant in the repository"""
         raise NotImplementedError()
 
     @staticmethod
     def fromconfig(repo):
         """current value of the variant in the configuration"""
         raise NotImplementedError()
 
 
 class requirementformatvariant(formatvariant):
     """formatvariant based on a 'requirement' name.
 
     Many format variant are controlled by a 'requirement'. We define a small
     subclass to factor the code.
     """
 
     # the requirement that control this format variant
     _requirement = None
 
     @staticmethod
     def _newreporequirements(ui):
         return localrepo.newreporequirements(
             ui, localrepo.defaultcreateopts(ui)
         )
 
     @classmethod
     def fromrepo(cls, repo):
         assert cls._requirement is not None
         return cls._requirement in repo.requirements
 
     @classmethod
     def fromconfig(cls, repo):
         assert cls._requirement is not None
         return cls._requirement in cls._newreporequirements(repo.ui)
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class fncache(requirementformatvariant):
     name = b'fncache'
 
     _requirement = b'fncache'
 
     default = True
 
     description = _(
         b'long and reserved filenames may not work correctly; '
         b'repository performance is sub-optimal'
     )
 
     upgrademessage = _(
         b'repository will be more resilient to storing '
         b'certain paths and performance of certain '
         b'operations should be improved'
     )
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class dotencode(requirementformatvariant):
     name = b'dotencode'
 
     _requirement = b'dotencode'
 
     default = True
 
     description = _(
         b'storage of filenames beginning with a period or '
         b'space may not work correctly'
     )
 
     upgrademessage = _(
         b'repository will be better able to store files '
         b'beginning with a space or period'
     )
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class generaldelta(requirementformatvariant):
     name = b'generaldelta'
 
     _requirement = b'generaldelta'
 
     default = True
 
     description = _(
         b'deltas within internal storage are unable to '
         b'choose optimal revisions; repository is larger and '
         b'slower than it could be; interaction with other '
         b'repositories may require extra network and CPU '
         b'resources, making "hg push" and "hg pull" slower'
     )
 
     upgrademessage = _(
         b'repository storage will be able to create '
         b'optimal deltas; new repository data will be '
         b'smaller and read times should decrease; '
         b'interacting with other repositories using this '
         b'storage model should require less network and '
         b'CPU resources, making "hg push" and "hg pull" '
         b'faster'
     )
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class sparserevlog(requirementformatvariant):
     name = b'sparserevlog'
 
     _requirement = localrepo.SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT
 
     default = True
 
     description = _(
         b'in order to limit disk reading and memory usage on older '
         b'version, the span of a delta chain from its root to its '
         b'end is limited, whatever the relevant data in this span. '
         b'This can severly limit Mercurial ability to build good '
         b'chain of delta resulting is much more storage space being '
         b'taken and limit reusability of on disk delta during '
         b'exchange.'
     )
 
     upgrademessage = _(
         b'Revlog supports delta chain with more unused data '
         b'between payload. These gaps will be skipped at read '
         b'time. This allows for better delta chains, making a '
         b'better compression and faster exchange with server.'
     )
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class sidedata(requirementformatvariant):
     name = b'sidedata'
 
     _requirement = localrepo.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT
 
     default = False
 
     description = _(
         b'Allows storage of extra data alongside a revision, '
         b'unlocking various caching options.'
     )
 
     upgrademessage = _(b'Allows storage of extra data alongside a revision.')
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class copiessdc(requirementformatvariant):
     name = b'copies-sdc'
 
     _requirement = localrepo.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT
 
     default = False
 
     description = _(b'Stores copies information alongside changesets.')
 
     upgrademessage = _(
         b'Allows to use more efficient algorithm to deal with ' b'copy tracing.'
     )
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class removecldeltachain(formatvariant):
     name = b'plain-cl-delta'
 
     default = True
 
     description = _(
         b'changelog storage is using deltas instead of '
         b'raw entries; changelog reading and any '
         b'operation relying on changelog data are slower '
         b'than they could be'
     )
 
     upgrademessage = _(
         b'changelog storage will be reformated to '
         b'store raw entries; changelog reading will be '
         b'faster; changelog size may be reduced'
     )
 
     @staticmethod
     def fromrepo(repo):
         # Mercurial 4.0 changed changelogs to not use delta chains. Search for
         # changelogs with deltas.
         cl = repo.changelog
         chainbase = cl.chainbase
         return all(rev == chainbase(rev) for rev in cl)
 
     @staticmethod
     def fromconfig(repo):
         return True
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class compressionengine(formatvariant):
     name = b'compression'
     default = b'zlib'
 
     description = _(
         b'Compresion algorithm used to compress data. '
         b'Some engine are faster than other'
     )
 
     upgrademessage = _(
         b'revlog content will be recompressed with the new algorithm.'
     )
 
     @classmethod
     def fromrepo(cls, repo):
         # we allow multiple compression engine requirement to co-exist because
         # strickly speaking, revlog seems to support mixed compression style.
         #
         # The compression used for new entries will be "the last one"
         compression = b'zlib'
         for req in repo.requirements:
             prefix = req.startswith
             if prefix(b'revlog-compression-') or prefix(b'exp-compression-'):
                 compression = req.split(b'-', 2)[2]
         return compression
 
     @classmethod
     def fromconfig(cls, repo):
-        return repo.ui.config(b'format', b'revlog-compression')
+        compengines = repo.ui.configlist(b'format', b'revlog-compression')
+        # return the first valid value as the selection code would do
+        for comp in compengines:
+            if comp in util.compengines:
+                return comp
+
+        # no valide compression found lets display it all for clarity
+        return b','.join(compengines)
 
 
 @registerformatvariant
 class compressionlevel(formatvariant):
     name = b'compression-level'
     default = b'default'
 
     description = _(b'compression level')
 
     upgrademessage = _(b'revlog content will be recompressed')
 
     @classmethod
     def fromrepo(cls, repo):
         comp = compressionengine.fromrepo(repo)
         level = None
         if comp == b'zlib':
             level = repo.ui.configint(b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level')
         elif comp == b'zstd':
             level = repo.ui.configint(b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level')
         if level is None:
             return b'default'
         return bytes(level)
 
     @classmethod
     def fromconfig(cls, repo):
         comp = compressionengine.fromconfig(repo)
         level = None
         if comp == b'zlib':
             level = repo.ui.configint(b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level')
         elif comp == b'zstd':
             level = repo.ui.configint(b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level')
         if level is None:
             return b'default'
         return bytes(level)
 
 
 def finddeficiencies(repo):
     """returns a list of deficiencies that the repo suffer from"""
     deficiencies = []
 
     # We could detect lack of revlogv1 and store here, but they were added
     # in 0.9.2 and we don't support upgrading repos without these
     # requirements, so let's not bother.
 
     for fv in allformatvariant:
         if not fv.fromrepo(repo):
             deficiencies.append(fv)
 
     return deficiencies
 
 
 # search without '-' to support older form on newer client.
 #
 # We don't enforce backward compatibility for debug command so this
 # might eventually be dropped. However, having to use two different
 # forms in script when comparing result is anoying enough to add
 # backward compatibility for a while.
 legacy_opts_map = {
     b'redeltaparent': b're-delta-parent',
     b'redeltamultibase': b're-delta-multibase',
     b'redeltaall': b're-delta-all',
     b'redeltafulladd': b're-delta-fulladd',
 }
 
 
 def findoptimizations(repo):
     """Determine optimisation that could be used during upgrade"""
     # These are unconditionally added. There is logic later that figures out
     # which ones to apply.
     optimizations = []
 
     optimizations.append(
         improvement(
             name=b're-delta-parent',
             type=optimisation,
             description=_(
                 b'deltas within internal storage will be recalculated to '
                 b'choose an optimal base revision where this was not '
                 b'already done; the size of the repository may shrink and '
                 b'various operations may become faster; the first time '
                 b'this optimization is performed could slow down upgrade '
                 b'execution considerably; subsequent invocations should '
                 b'not run noticeably slower'
             ),
             upgrademessage=_(
                 b'deltas within internal storage will choose a new '
                 b'base revision if needed'
             ),
         )
     )
 
     optimizations.append(
         improvement(
             name=b're-delta-multibase',
             type=optimisation,
             description=_(
                 b'deltas within internal storage will be recalculated '
                 b'against multiple base revision and the smallest '
                 b'difference will be used; the size of the repository may '
                 b'shrink significantly when there are many merges; this '
                 b'optimization will slow down execution in proportion to '
                 b'the number of merges in the repository and the amount '
                 b'of files in the repository; this slow down should not '
                 b'be significant unless there are tens of thousands of '
                 b'files and thousands of merges'
             ),
             upgrademessage=_(
                 b'deltas within internal storage will choose an '
                 b'optimal delta by computing deltas against multiple '
                 b'parents; may slow down execution time '
                 b'significantly'
             ),
         )
     )
 
     optimizations.append(
         improvement(
             name=b're-delta-all',
             type=optimisation,
             description=_(
                 b'deltas within internal storage will always be '
                 b'recalculated without reusing prior deltas; this will '
                 b'likely make execution run several times slower; this '
                 b'optimization is typically not needed'
             ),
             upgrademessage=_(
                 b'deltas within internal storage will be fully '
                 b'recomputed; this will likely drastically slow down '
                 b'execution time'
             ),
         )
     )
 
     optimizations.append(
         improvement(
             name=b're-delta-fulladd',
             type=optimisation,
             description=_(
                 b'every revision will be re-added as if it was new '
                 b'content. It will go through the full storage '
                 b'mechanism giving extensions a chance to process it '
                 b'(eg. lfs). This is similar to "re-delta-all" but even '
                 b'slower since more logic is involved.'
             ),
             upgrademessage=_(
                 b'each revision will be added as new content to the '
                 b'internal storage; this will likely drastically slow '
                 b'down execution time, but some extensions might need '
                 b'it'
             ),
         )
     )
 
     return optimizations
 
 
 def determineactions(repo, deficiencies, sourcereqs, destreqs):
     """Determine upgrade actions that will be performed.
 
     Given a list of improvements as returned by ``finddeficiencies`` and
     ``findoptimizations``, determine the list of upgrade actions that
     will be performed.
 
     The role of this function is to filter improvements if needed, apply
     recommended optimizations from the improvements list that make sense,
     etc.
 
     Returns a list of action names.
     """
     newactions = []
 
     knownreqs = supporteddestrequirements(repo)
 
     for d in deficiencies:
         name = d.name
 
         # If the action is a requirement that doesn't show up in the
         # destination requirements, prune the action.
         if name in knownreqs and name not in destreqs:
             continue
 
         newactions.append(d)
 
     # FUTURE consider adding some optimizations here for certain transitions.
     # e.g. adding generaldelta could schedule parent redeltas.
 
     return newactions
 
 
 def _revlogfrompath(repo, path):
     """Obtain a revlog from a repo path.
 
     An instance of the appropriate class is returned.
     """
     if path == b'00changelog.i':
         return changelog.changelog(repo.svfs)
     elif path.endswith(b'00manifest.i'):
         mandir = path[: -len(b'00manifest.i')]
         return manifest.manifestrevlog(repo.svfs, tree=mandir)
     else:
         # reverse of "/".join(("data", path + ".i"))
         return filelog.filelog(repo.svfs, path[5:-2])
 
 
 def _copyrevlog(tr, destrepo, oldrl, unencodedname):
     """copy all relevant files for `oldrl` into `destrepo` store
 
     Files are copied "as is" without any transformation. The copy is performed
     without extra checks. Callers are responsible for making sure the copied
     content is compatible with format of the destination repository.
     """
     oldrl = getattr(oldrl, '_revlog', oldrl)
     newrl = _revlogfrompath(destrepo, unencodedname)
     newrl = getattr(newrl, '_revlog', newrl)
 
     oldvfs = oldrl.opener
     newvfs = newrl.opener
     oldindex = oldvfs.join(oldrl.indexfile)
     newindex = newvfs.join(newrl.indexfile)
     olddata = oldvfs.join(oldrl.datafile)
     newdata = newvfs.join(newrl.datafile)
 
     with newvfs(newrl.indexfile, b'w'):
         pass  # create all the directories
 
     util.copyfile(oldindex, newindex)
     copydata = oldrl.opener.exists(oldrl.datafile)
     if copydata:
         util.copyfile(olddata, newdata)
 
     if not (
         unencodedname.endswith(b'00changelog.i')
         or unencodedname.endswith(b'00manifest.i')
     ):
         destrepo.svfs.fncache.add(unencodedname)
         if copydata:
             destrepo.svfs.fncache.add(unencodedname[:-2] + b'.d')
 
 
 UPGRADE_CHANGELOG = object()
 UPGRADE_MANIFEST = object()
 UPGRADE_FILELOG = object()
 
 UPGRADE_ALL_REVLOGS = frozenset(
     [UPGRADE_CHANGELOG, UPGRADE_MANIFEST, UPGRADE_FILELOG]
 )
 
 
 def getsidedatacompanion(srcrepo, dstrepo):
     sidedatacompanion = None
     removedreqs = srcrepo.requirements - dstrepo.requirements
     addedreqs = dstrepo.requirements - srcrepo.requirements
     if localrepo.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT in removedreqs:
 
         def sidedatacompanion(rl, rev):
             rl = getattr(rl, '_revlog', rl)
             if rl.flags(rev) & revlog.REVIDX_SIDEDATA:
                 return True, (), {}
             return False, (), {}
 
     elif localrepo.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT in addedreqs:
         sidedatacompanion = copies.getsidedataadder(srcrepo, dstrepo)
     elif localrepo.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT in removedreqs:
         sidedatacompanion = copies.getsidedataremover(srcrepo, dstrepo)
     return sidedatacompanion
 
 
 def matchrevlog(revlogfilter, entry):
     """check is a revlog is selected for cloning
 
     The store entry is checked against the passed filter"""
     if entry.endswith(b'00changelog.i'):
         return UPGRADE_CHANGELOG in revlogfilter
     elif entry.endswith(b'00manifest.i'):
         return UPGRADE_MANIFEST in revlogfilter
     return UPGRADE_FILELOG in revlogfilter
 
 
 def _clonerevlogs(
     ui,
     srcrepo,
     dstrepo,
     tr,
     deltareuse,
     forcedeltabothparents,
     revlogs=UPGRADE_ALL_REVLOGS,
 ):
     """Copy revlogs between 2 repos."""
     revcount = 0
     srcsize = 0
     srcrawsize = 0
     dstsize = 0
     fcount = 0
     frevcount = 0
     fsrcsize = 0
     frawsize = 0
     fdstsize = 0
     mcount = 0
     mrevcount = 0
     msrcsize = 0
     mrawsize = 0
     mdstsize = 0
     crevcount = 0
     csrcsize = 0
     crawsize = 0
     cdstsize = 0
 
     alldatafiles = list(srcrepo.store.walk())
 
     # Perform a pass to collect metadata. This validates we can open all
     # source files and allows a unified progress bar to be displayed.
     for unencoded, encoded, size in alldatafiles:
         if unencoded.endswith(b'.d'):
             continue
 
         rl = _revlogfrompath(srcrepo, unencoded)
 
         info = rl.storageinfo(
             exclusivefiles=True,
             revisionscount=True,
             trackedsize=True,
             storedsize=True,
         )
 
         revcount += info[b'revisionscount'] or 0
         datasize = info[b'storedsize'] or 0
         rawsize = info[b'trackedsize'] or 0
 
         srcsize += datasize
         srcrawsize += rawsize
 
         # This is for the separate progress bars.
         if isinstance(rl, changelog.changelog):
             crevcount += len(rl)
             csrcsize += datasize
             crawsize += rawsize
         elif isinstance(rl, manifest.manifestrevlog):
             mcount += 1
             mrevcount += len(rl)
             msrcsize += datasize
             mrawsize += rawsize
         elif isinstance(rl, filelog.filelog):
             fcount += 1
             frevcount += len(rl)
             fsrcsize += datasize
             frawsize += rawsize
         else:
             error.ProgrammingError(b'unknown revlog type')
 
     if not revcount:
         return
 
     ui.write(
         _(
             b'migrating %d total revisions (%d in filelogs, %d in manifests, '
             b'%d in changelog)\n'
         )
         % (revcount, frevcount, mrevcount, crevcount)
     )
     ui.write(
         _(b'migrating %s in store; %s tracked data\n')
         % ((util.bytecount(srcsize), util.bytecount(srcrawsize)))
     )
 
     # Used to keep track of progress.
     progress = None
 
     def oncopiedrevision(rl, rev, node):
         progress.increment()
 
     sidedatacompanion = getsidedatacompanion(srcrepo, dstrepo)
 
     # Do the actual copying.
     # FUTURE this operation can be farmed off to worker processes.
     seen = set()
     for unencoded, encoded, size in alldatafiles:
         if unencoded.endswith(b'.d'):
             continue
 
         oldrl = _revlogfrompath(srcrepo, unencoded)
 
         if isinstance(oldrl, changelog.changelog) and b'c' not in seen:
             ui.write(
                 _(
                     b'finished migrating %d manifest revisions across %d '
                     b'manifests; change in size: %s\n'
                 )
                 % (mrevcount, mcount, util.bytecount(mdstsize - msrcsize))
             )
 
             ui.write(
                 _(
                     b'migrating changelog containing %d revisions '
                     b'(%s in store; %s tracked data)\n'
                 )
                 % (
                     crevcount,
                     util.bytecount(csrcsize),
                     util.bytecount(crawsize),
                 )
             )
             seen.add(b'c')
             progress = srcrepo.ui.makeprogress(
                 _(b'changelog revisions'), total=crevcount
             )
         elif isinstance(oldrl, manifest.manifestrevlog) and b'm' not in seen:
             ui.write(
                 _(
                     b'finished migrating %d filelog revisions across %d '
                     b'filelogs; change in size: %s\n'
                 )
                 % (frevcount, fcount, util.bytecount(fdstsize - fsrcsize))
             )
 
             ui.write(
                 _(
                     b'migrating %d manifests containing %d revisions '
                     b'(%s in store; %s tracked data)\n'
                 )
                 % (
                     mcount,
                     mrevcount,
                     util.bytecount(msrcsize),
                     util.bytecount(mrawsize),
                 )
             )
             seen.add(b'm')
             if progress:
                 progress.complete()
             progress = srcrepo.ui.makeprogress(
                 _(b'manifest revisions'), total=mrevcount
             )
         elif b'f' not in seen:
             ui.write(
                 _(
                     b'migrating %d filelogs containing %d revisions '
                     b'(%s in store; %s tracked data)\n'
                 )
                 % (
                     fcount,
                     frevcount,
                     util.bytecount(fsrcsize),
                     util.bytecount(frawsize),
                 )
             )
             seen.add(b'f')
             if progress:
                 progress.complete()
             progress = srcrepo.ui.makeprogress(
                 _(b'file revisions'), total=frevcount
             )
 
         if matchrevlog(revlogs, unencoded):
             ui.note(
                 _(b'cloning %d revisions from %s\n') % (len(oldrl), unencoded)
             )
             newrl = _revlogfrompath(dstrepo, unencoded)
             oldrl.clone(
                 tr,
                 newrl,
                 addrevisioncb=oncopiedrevision,
                 deltareuse=deltareuse,
                 forcedeltabothparents=forcedeltabothparents,
                 sidedatacompanion=sidedatacompanion,
             )
         else:
             msg = _(b'blindly copying %s containing %i revisions\n')
             ui.note(msg % (unencoded, len(oldrl)))
             _copyrevlog(tr, dstrepo, oldrl, unencoded)
 
             newrl = _revlogfrompath(dstrepo, unencoded)
 
         info = newrl.storageinfo(storedsize=True)
         datasize = info[b'storedsize'] or 0
 
         dstsize += datasize
 
         if isinstance(newrl, changelog.changelog):
             cdstsize += datasize
         elif isinstance(newrl, manifest.manifestrevlog):
             mdstsize += datasize
         else:
             fdstsize += datasize
 
     progress.complete()
 
     ui.write(
         _(
             b'finished migrating %d changelog revisions; change in size: '
             b'%s\n'
         )
         % (crevcount, util.bytecount(cdstsize - csrcsize))
     )
 
     ui.write(
         _(
             b'finished migrating %d total revisions; total change in store '
             b'size: %s\n'
         )
         % (revcount, util.bytecount(dstsize - srcsize))
     )
 
 
 def _filterstorefile(srcrepo, dstrepo, requirements, path, mode, st):
     """Determine whether to copy a store file during upgrade.
 
     This function is called when migrating store files from ``srcrepo`` to
     ``dstrepo`` as part of upgrading a repository.
 
     Args:
       srcrepo: repo we are copying from
       dstrepo: repo we are copying to
       requirements: set of requirements for ``dstrepo``
       path: store file being examined
       mode: the ``ST_MODE`` file type of ``path``
       st: ``stat`` data structure for ``path``
 
     Function should return ``True`` if the file is to be copied.
     """
     # Skip revlogs.
     if path.endswith((b'.i', b'.d')):
         return False
     # Skip transaction related files.
     if path.startswith(b'undo'):
         return False
     # Only copy regular files.
     if mode != stat.S_IFREG:
         return False
     # Skip other skipped files.
     if path in (b'lock', b'fncache'):
         return False
 
     return True
 
 
 def _finishdatamigration(ui, srcrepo, dstrepo, requirements):
     """Hook point for extensions to perform additional actions during upgrade.
 
     This function is called after revlogs and store files have been copied but
     before the new store is swapped into the original location.
     """
 
 
 def _upgraderepo(
     ui, srcrepo, dstrepo, requirements, actions, revlogs=UPGRADE_ALL_REVLOGS
 ):
     """Do the low-level work of upgrading a repository.
 
     The upgrade is effectively performed as a copy between a source
     repository and a temporary destination repository.
 
     The source repository is unmodified for as long as possible so the
     upgrade can abort at any time without causing loss of service for
     readers and without corrupting the source repository.
     """
     assert srcrepo.currentwlock()
     assert dstrepo.currentwlock()
 
     ui.write(
         _(
             b'(it is safe to interrupt this process any time before '
             b'data migration completes)\n'
         )
     )
 
     if b're-delta-all' in actions:
         deltareuse = revlog.revlog.DELTAREUSENEVER
     elif b're-delta-parent' in actions:
         deltareuse = revlog.revlog.DELTAREUSESAMEREVS
     elif b're-delta-multibase' in actions:
         deltareuse = revlog.revlog.DELTAREUSESAMEREVS
     elif b're-delta-fulladd' in actions:
         deltareuse = revlog.revlog.DELTAREUSEFULLADD
     else:
         deltareuse = revlog.revlog.DELTAREUSEALWAYS
 
     with dstrepo.transaction(b'upgrade') as tr:
         _clonerevlogs(
             ui,
             srcrepo,
             dstrepo,
             tr,
             deltareuse,
             b're-delta-multibase' in actions,
             revlogs=revlogs,
         )
 
     # Now copy other files in the store directory.
     # The sorted() makes execution deterministic.
     for p, kind, st in sorted(srcrepo.store.vfs.readdir(b'', stat=True)):
         if not _filterstorefile(srcrepo, dstrepo, requirements, p, kind, st):
             continue
 
         srcrepo.ui.write(_(b'copying %s\n') % p)
         src = srcrepo.store.rawvfs.join(p)
         dst = dstrepo.store.rawvfs.join(p)
         util.copyfile(src, dst, copystat=True)
 
     _finishdatamigration(ui, srcrepo, dstrepo, requirements)
 
     ui.write(_(b'data fully migrated to temporary repository\n'))
 
     backuppath = pycompat.mkdtemp(prefix=b'upgradebackup.', dir=srcrepo.path)
     backupvfs = vfsmod.vfs(backuppath)
 
     # Make a backup of requires file first, as it is the first to be modified.
     util.copyfile(srcrepo.vfs.join(b'requires'), backupvfs.join(b'requires'))
 
     # We install an arbitrary requirement that clients must not support
     # as a mechanism to lock out new clients during the data swap. This is
     # better than allowing a client to continue while the repository is in
     # an inconsistent state.
     ui.write(
         _(
             b'marking source repository as being upgraded; clients will be '
             b'unable to read from repository\n'
         )
     )
     scmutil.writerequires(
         srcrepo.vfs, srcrepo.requirements | {b'upgradeinprogress'}
     )
 
     ui.write(_(b'starting in-place swap of repository data\n'))
     ui.write(_(b'replaced files will be backed up at %s\n') % backuppath)
 
     # Now swap in the new store directory. Doing it as a rename should make
     # the operation nearly instantaneous and atomic (at least in well-behaved
     # environments).
     ui.write(_(b'replacing store...\n'))
     tstart = util.timer()
     util.rename(srcrepo.spath, backupvfs.join(b'store'))
     util.rename(dstrepo.spath, srcrepo.spath)
     elapsed = util.timer() - tstart
     ui.write(
         _(
             b'store replacement complete; repository was inconsistent for '
             b'%0.1fs\n'
         )
         % elapsed
     )
 
     # We first write the requirements file. Any new requirements will lock
     # out legacy clients.
     ui.write(
         _(
             b'finalizing requirements file and making repository readable '
             b'again\n'
         )
     )
     scmutil.writerequires(srcrepo.vfs, requirements)
 
     # The lock file from the old store won't be removed because nothing has a
     # reference to its new location. So clean it up manually. Alternatively, we
     # could update srcrepo.svfs and other variables to point to the new
     # location. This is simpler.
     backupvfs.unlink(b'store/lock')
 
     return backuppath
 
 
 def upgraderepo(
     ui,
     repo,
     run=False,
     optimize=None,
     backup=True,
     manifest=None,
     changelog=None,
 ):
     """Upgrade a repository in place."""
     if optimize is None:
         optimize = []
     optimize = set(legacy_opts_map.get(o, o) for o in optimize)
     repo = repo.unfiltered()
 
     revlogs = set(UPGRADE_ALL_REVLOGS)
     specentries = ((b'c', changelog), (b'm', manifest))
     specified = [(y, x) for (y, x) in specentries if x is not None]
     if specified:
         # we have some limitation on revlogs to be recloned
         if any(x for y, x in specified):
             revlogs = set()
             for r, enabled in specified:
                 if enabled:
                     if r == b'c':
                         revlogs.add(UPGRADE_CHANGELOG)
                     elif r == b'm':
                         revlogs.add(UPGRADE_MANIFEST)
         else:
             # none are enabled
             for r, __ in specified:
                 if r == b'c':
                     revlogs.discard(UPGRADE_CHANGELOG)
                 elif r == b'm':
                     revlogs.discard(UPGRADE_MANIFEST)
 
     # Ensure the repository can be upgraded.
     missingreqs = requiredsourcerequirements(repo) - repo.requirements
     if missingreqs:
         raise error.Abort(
             _(b'cannot upgrade repository; requirement missing: %s')
             % _(b', ').join(sorted(missingreqs))
         )
 
     blockedreqs = blocksourcerequirements(repo) & repo.requirements
     if blockedreqs:
         raise error.Abort(
             _(
                 b'cannot upgrade repository; unsupported source '
                 b'requirement: %s'
             )
             % _(b', ').join(sorted(blockedreqs))
         )
 
     # FUTURE there is potentially a need to control the wanted requirements via
     # command arguments or via an extension hook point.
     newreqs = localrepo.newreporequirements(
         repo.ui, localrepo.defaultcreateopts(repo.ui)
     )
     newreqs.update(preservedrequirements(repo))
 
     noremovereqs = (
         repo.requirements - newreqs - supportremovedrequirements(repo)
     )
     if noremovereqs:
         raise error.Abort(
             _(
                 b'cannot upgrade repository; requirement would be '
                 b'removed: %s'
             )
             % _(b', ').join(sorted(noremovereqs))
         )
 
     noaddreqs = newreqs - repo.requirements - allowednewrequirements(repo)
     if noaddreqs:
         raise error.Abort(
             _(
                 b'cannot upgrade repository; do not support adding '
                 b'requirement: %s'
             )
             % _(b', ').join(sorted(noaddreqs))
         )
 
     unsupportedreqs = newreqs - supporteddestrequirements(repo)
     if unsupportedreqs:
         raise error.Abort(
             _(
                 b'cannot upgrade repository; do not support '
                 b'destination requirement: %s'
             )
             % _(b', ').join(sorted(unsupportedreqs))
         )
 
     # Find and validate all improvements that can be made.
     alloptimizations = findoptimizations(repo)
 
     # Apply and Validate arguments.
     optimizations = []
     for o in alloptimizations:
         if o.name in optimize:
             optimizations.append(o)
             optimize.discard(o.name)
 
     if optimize:  # anything left is unknown
         raise error.Abort(
             _(b'unknown optimization action requested: %s')
             % b', '.join(sorted(optimize)),
             hint=_(b'run without arguments to see valid optimizations'),
         )
 
     deficiencies = finddeficiencies(repo)
     actions = determineactions(repo, deficiencies, repo.requirements, newreqs)
     actions.extend(
         o
         for o in sorted(optimizations)
         # determineactions could have added optimisation
         if o not in actions
     )
 
     removedreqs = repo.requirements - newreqs
     addedreqs = newreqs - repo.requirements
 
     if revlogs != UPGRADE_ALL_REVLOGS:
         incompatible = RECLONES_REQUIREMENTS & (removedreqs | addedreqs)
         if incompatible:
             msg = _(
                 b'ignoring revlogs selection flags, format requirements '
                 b'change: %s\n'
             )
             ui.warn(msg % b', '.join(sorted(incompatible)))
             revlogs = UPGRADE_ALL_REVLOGS
 
     def write_labeled(l, label):
         first = True
         for r in sorted(l):
             if not first:
                 ui.write(b', ')
             ui.write(r, label=label)
             first = False
 
     def printrequirements():
         ui.write(_(b'requirements\n'))
         ui.write(_(b'   preserved: '))
         write_labeled(
             newreqs & repo.requirements, "upgrade-repo.requirement.preserved"
         )
         ui.write((b'\n'))
         removed = repo.requirements - newreqs
         if repo.requirements - newreqs:
             ui.write(_(b'   removed: '))
             write_labeled(removed, "upgrade-repo.requirement.removed")
             ui.write((b'\n'))
         added = newreqs - repo.requirements
         if added:
             ui.write(_(b'   added: '))
             write_labeled(added, "upgrade-repo.requirement.added")
             ui.write((b'\n'))
         ui.write(b'\n')
 
     def printupgradeactions():
         for a in actions:
             ui.write(b'%s\n   %s\n\n' % (a.name, a.upgrademessage))
 
     if not run:
         fromconfig = []
         onlydefault = []
 
         for d in deficiencies:
             if d.fromconfig(repo):
                 fromconfig.append(d)
             elif d.default:
                 onlydefault.append(d)
 
         if fromconfig or onlydefault:
 
             if fromconfig:
                 ui.write(
                     _(
                         b'repository lacks features recommended by '
                         b'current config options:\n\n'
                     )
                 )
                 for i in fromconfig:
                     ui.write(b'%s\n   %s\n\n' % (i.name, i.description))
 
             if onlydefault:
                 ui.write(
                     _(
                         b'repository lacks features used by the default '
                         b'config options:\n\n'
                     )
                 )
                 for i in onlydefault:
                     ui.write(b'%s\n   %s\n\n' % (i.name, i.description))
 
             ui.write(b'\n')
         else:
             ui.write(
                 _(
                     b'(no feature deficiencies found in existing '
                     b'repository)\n'
                 )
             )
 
         ui.write(
             _(
                 b'performing an upgrade with "--run" will make the following '
                 b'changes:\n\n'
             )
         )
 
         printrequirements()
         printupgradeactions()
 
         unusedoptimize = [i for i in alloptimizations if i not in actions]
 
         if unusedoptimize:
             ui.write(
                 _(
                     b'additional optimizations are available by specifying '
                     b'"--optimize <name>":\n\n'
                 )
             )
             for i in unusedoptimize:
                 ui.write(_(b'%s\n   %s\n\n') % (i.name, i.description))
         return
 
     # Else we're in the run=true case.
     ui.write(_(b'upgrade will perform the following actions:\n\n'))
     printrequirements()
     printupgradeactions()
 
     upgradeactions = [a.name for a in actions]
 
     ui.write(_(b'beginning upgrade...\n'))
     with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
         ui.write(_(b'repository locked and read-only\n'))
         # Our strategy for upgrading the repository is to create a new,
         # temporary repository, write data to it, then do a swap of the
         # data. There are less heavyweight ways to do this, but it is easier
         # to create a new repo object than to instantiate all the components
         # (like the store) separately.
         tmppath = pycompat.mkdtemp(prefix=b'upgrade.', dir=repo.path)
         backuppath = None
         try:
             ui.write(
                 _(
                     b'creating temporary repository to stage migrated '
                     b'data: %s\n'
                 )
                 % tmppath
             )
 
             # clone ui without using ui.copy because repo.ui is protected
             repoui = repo.ui.__class__(repo.ui)
             dstrepo = hg.repository(repoui, path=tmppath, create=True)
 
             with dstrepo.wlock(), dstrepo.lock():
                 backuppath = _upgraderepo(
                     ui, repo, dstrepo, newreqs, upgradeactions, revlogs=revlogs
                 )
             if not (backup or backuppath is None):
                 ui.write(_(b'removing old repository content%s\n') % backuppath)
                 repo.vfs.rmtree(backuppath, forcibly=True)
                 backuppath = None
 
         finally:
             ui.write(_(b'removing temporary repository %s\n') % tmppath)
             repo.vfs.rmtree(tmppath, forcibly=True)
 
             if backuppath:
                 ui.warn(
                     _(b'copy of old repository backed up at %s\n') % backuppath
                 )
                 ui.warn(
                     _(
                         b'the old repository will not be deleted; remove '
                         b'it to free up disk space once the upgraded '
                         b'repository is verified\n'
                     )
                 )

tests/test-repo-compengines.t

@@ -1,199 +1,204 b''
 A new repository uses zlib storage, which doesn't need a requirement
 
   $ hg init default
   $ cd default
   $ cat .hg/requires
   dotencode
   fncache
   generaldelta
   revlogv1
   sparserevlog
   store
   testonly-simplestore (reposimplestore !)
 
   $ touch foo
   $ hg -q commit -A -m 'initial commit with a lot of repeated repeated repeated text to trigger compression'
   $ hg debugrevlog -c | grep 0x78
       0x78 (x)  :   1 (100.00%)
       0x78 (x)  : 110 (100.00%)
 
   $ cd ..
 
 Unknown compression engine to format.compression aborts
 
   $ hg --config format.revlog-compression=unknown init unknown
-  abort: compression engine unknown defined by format.revlog-compression not available
+  abort: compression engines "unknown" defined by format.revlog-compression not available
   (run "hg debuginstall" to list available compression engines)
   [255]
 
+unknown compression engine in a list with known one works fine
+
+  $ hg --config format.revlog-compression=zlib,unknown init zlib-before-unknow
+  $ hg --config format.revlog-compression=unknown,zlib init unknown-before-zlib
+
 A requirement specifying an unknown compression engine results in bail
 
   $ hg init unknownrequirement
   $ cd unknownrequirement
   $ echo exp-compression-unknown >> .hg/requires
   $ hg log
   abort: repository requires features unknown to this Mercurial: exp-compression-unknown!
   (see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement for more information)
   [255]
 
   $ cd ..
 
 #if zstd
 
   $ hg --config format.revlog-compression=zstd init zstd
   $ cd zstd
   $ cat .hg/requires
   dotencode
   fncache
   generaldelta
   revlog-compression-zstd
   revlogv1
   sparserevlog
   store
   testonly-simplestore (reposimplestore !)
 
   $ touch foo
   $ hg -q commit -A -m 'initial commit with a lot of repeated repeated repeated text'
 
   $ hg debugrevlog -c | grep 0x28
       0x28      :  1 (100.00%)
       0x28      : 98 (100.00%)
 
   $ cd ..
 
 Specifying a new format.compression on an existing repo won't introduce data
 with that engine or a requirement
 
   $ cd default
   $ touch bar
   $ hg --config format.revlog-compression=zstd -q commit -A -m 'add bar with a lot of repeated repeated repeated text'
 
   $ cat .hg/requires
   dotencode
   fncache
   generaldelta
   revlogv1
   sparserevlog
   store
   testonly-simplestore (reposimplestore !)
 
   $ hg debugrevlog -c | grep 0x78
       0x78 (x)  :   2 (100.00%)
       0x78 (x)  : 199 (100.00%)
 
 #endif
 
 checking zlib options
 =====================
 
   $ hg init zlib-level-default
   $ hg init zlib-level-1
   $ cat << EOF >> zlib-level-1/.hg/hgrc
   > [storage]
   > revlog.zlib.level=1
   > EOF
   $ hg init zlib-level-9
   $ cat << EOF >> zlib-level-9/.hg/hgrc
   > [storage]
   > revlog.zlib.level=9
   > EOF
 
 
   $ commitone() {
   >    repo=$1
   >    cp $RUNTESTDIR/bundles/issue4438-r1.hg $repo/a
   >    hg -R $repo add $repo/a
   >    hg -R $repo commit -m some-commit
   > }
 
   $ for repo in zlib-level-default zlib-level-1 zlib-level-9; do
   >     commitone $repo
   > done
 
   $ $RUNTESTDIR/f -s */.hg/store/data/*
   default/.hg/store/data/foo.i: size=64 (pure !)
   zlib-level-1/.hg/store/data/a.i: size=4146
   zlib-level-9/.hg/store/data/a.i: size=4138
   zlib-level-default/.hg/store/data/a.i: size=4138
 
 Test error cases
 
   $ hg init zlib-level-invalid
   $ cat << EOF >> zlib-level-invalid/.hg/hgrc
   > [storage]
   > revlog.zlib.level=foobar
   > EOF
   $ commitone zlib-level-invalid
   abort: storage.revlog.zlib.level is not a valid integer ('foobar')
   abort: storage.revlog.zlib.level is not a valid integer ('foobar')
   [255]
 
   $ hg init zlib-level-out-of-range
   $ cat << EOF >> zlib-level-out-of-range/.hg/hgrc
   > [storage]
   > revlog.zlib.level=42
   > EOF
 
   $ commitone zlib-level-out-of-range
   abort: invalid value for `storage.revlog.zlib.level` config: 42
   abort: invalid value for `storage.revlog.zlib.level` config: 42
   [255]
 
 #if zstd
 
 checking zstd options
 =====================
 
   $ hg init zstd-level-default --config format.revlog-compression=zstd
   $ hg init zstd-level-1 --config format.revlog-compression=zstd
   $ cat << EOF >> zstd-level-1/.hg/hgrc
   > [storage]
   > revlog.zstd.level=1
   > EOF
   $ hg init zstd-level-22 --config format.revlog-compression=zstd
   $ cat << EOF >> zstd-level-22/.hg/hgrc
   > [storage]
   > revlog.zstd.level=22
   > EOF
 
 
   $ commitone() {
   >    repo=$1
   >    cp $RUNTESTDIR/bundles/issue4438-r1.hg $repo/a
   >    hg -R $repo add $repo/a
   >    hg -R $repo commit -m some-commit
   > }
 
   $ for repo in zstd-level-default zstd-level-1 zstd-level-22; do
   >     commitone $repo
   > done
 
   $ $RUNTESTDIR/f -s zstd-*/.hg/store/data/*
   zstd-level-1/.hg/store/data/a.i: size=4114
   zstd-level-22/.hg/store/data/a.i: size=4091
   zstd-level-default/\.hg/store/data/a\.i: size=(4094|4102) (re)
 
 Test error cases
 
   $ hg init zstd-level-invalid --config format.revlog-compression=zstd
   $ cat << EOF >> zstd-level-invalid/.hg/hgrc
   > [storage]
   > revlog.zstd.level=foobar
   > EOF
   $ commitone zstd-level-invalid
   abort: storage.revlog.zstd.level is not a valid integer ('foobar')
   abort: storage.revlog.zstd.level is not a valid integer ('foobar')
   [255]
 
   $ hg init zstd-level-out-of-range --config format.revlog-compression=zstd
   $ cat << EOF >> zstd-level-out-of-range/.hg/hgrc
   > [storage]
   > revlog.zstd.level=42
   > EOF
 
   $ commitone zstd-level-out-of-range
   abort: invalid value for `storage.revlog.zstd.level` config: 42
   abort: invalid value for `storage.revlog.zstd.level` config: 42
   [255]
 
 #endif